hang gliding federation of australia - amazon s3 · 9.7.2 hang glider maintenance schedule -...

162
HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 1 of 162 OPERATIONS MANUAL Version: 20160308 Disclaimer The information contained in this operations manual is presented in good faith with the intention of: (a) promoting safety in the sports of hang gliding, paragliding and weightshift microlighting; (b) providing a clear understanding of the responsibilities and privileges of participants in these sports; and (c) providing a framework upon which these sports can be administered and allowed to grow in harmony with other airspace users. As far as possible, this manual represents the best information available at the time of publication.

Upload: dinhhuong

Post on 15-Feb-2019

219 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 1 of 162

OPERATIONS MANUAL Version: 20160308

Disclaimer

The information contained in this operations manual is presented in good faith with the intention of:

(a) promoting safety in the sports of hang gliding, paragliding and weightshift microlighting;

(b) providing a clear understanding of the responsibilities and privileges of participants in these sports; and

(c) providing a framework upon which these sports can be administered and allowed to grow in harmony with other airspace users.

As far as possible, this manual represents the best information available at the time of publication.

Page 2: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 2 of 162

1 Introduction ................................................................................................ 6

1.1 The Hang Gliding Federation of Australia Incorporated (HGFA) ............................................................. 6 1.1.1 HGFA Operations Manual ....................................................................................................................................................... 6 1.1.2 HGFA Publications .................................................................................................................................................................. 7

1.2 Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) ................................................................................................... 7 1.2.1 The Civil Aviation Orders (CAO’s) ........................................................................................................................................... 8 1.2.2 Abbreviations ......................................................................................................................................................................... 8 1.2.3 Definitions .............................................................................................................................................................................. 9

1.3 Operational Documents Register. ........................................................................................................ 12

2 Organisation and Administration .............................................................. 16

2.1 The Hang Gliding Federation of Australia ............................................................................................ 16 2.2 The Role of State and Regional Associations ....................................................................................... 16

2.2.1 The Role of Affiliated Clubs .................................................................................................................................................. 16 2.3 Membership of the HGFA .................................................................................................................... 17

2.3.1 Full Membership .................................................................................................................................................................. 18 2.3.2 Life Membership .................................................................................................................................................................. 18 2.3.3 Trainee Membership ............................................................................................................................................................ 19 2.3.4 Introductory Trainee Membership ....................................................................................................................................... 20 2.3.5 Visiting Pilot Membership .................................................................................................................................................... 20 2.3.6 Associate or Affiliate Membership ....................................................................................................................................... 21

2.4 Suspension or Cancellation of Pilot Certificates ................................................................................... 21 2.4.1 Expiry of Membership and Certificates ................................................................................................................................ 21 2.4.2 Contravention of Rules, Discipline of Members ................................................................................................................... 21

2.5 The Organisation of the HGFA ............................................................................................................. 23 2.5.1 HGFA Executive Officers ....................................................................................................................................................... 23 2.5.2 Committees .......................................................................................................................................................................... 24 2.5.3 CIVL Delegate ....................................................................................................................................................................... 25

3 Responsibility of Pilots, Clubs, Duty Pilots and Safety Officers. ................. 26

3.1 Responsibilities ................................................................................................................................... 26 3.1.1 Pilots..................................................................................................................................................................................... 26 3.1.2 HGFA State and Regional Associations and Affiliated Clubs ................................................................................................. 27 3.1.3 Duty Pilots ............................................................................................................................................................................ 27 3.1.4 Safety Officers ...................................................................................................................................................................... 28 3.1.5 Senior Safety Officers ........................................................................................................................................................... 28

3.2 Accident and Incident Reporting ......................................................................................................... 28 3.2.1 Definition of Accident & Incident ......................................................................................................................................... 28 3.2.2 Notification of Accidents ...................................................................................................................................................... 29 3.2.3 Notification of Incidents ....................................................................................................................................................... 29 3.2.4 Where a Fatality has Occurred ............................................................................................................................................. 29 3.2.5 Reporting via the HGFA Accident / Incident Report System (AIRS) ...................................................................................... 30

4 Control of Operations ............................................................................... 31

4.1 General Requirements......................................................................................................................... 31 4.1.1 Aircraft Maintenance and Pre-Flight Inspections ................................................................................................................. 31 4.1.2 Helmets ................................................................................................................................................................................ 31 4.1.3 Pilot in Command ................................................................................................................................................................. 31 4.1.4 Health Standard, General ..................................................................................................................................................... 32 4.1.5 Health Standard, Specific to Instructional Operations .......................................................................................................... 32 4.1.6 Provision of Pilot Instruction ................................................................................................................................................ 32 4.1.7 Carriage of Passengers ......................................................................................................................................................... 32 4.1.8 VHF Radio Operator Endorsement ....................................................................................................................................... 33

Page 3: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 3 of 162

4.1.9 Cross Country Operations (HG/PG/PPG/WM) ...................................................................................................................... 33 4.1.10 Air Displays (HG/PG/PPG/WM) ............................................................................................................................................ 33 4.1.11 Parachute Descents (PPG/WM) ............................................................................................................................................ 33 4.1.12 Log Book Requirements ....................................................................................................................................................... 34

4.2 Sites .................................................................................................................................................... 34 4.2.1 Land Owner Rights and Pilot Responsibilities ....................................................................................................................... 34 4.2.2 Operations within Vicinity of a Non-Controlled Aerodrome. ............................................................................................... 34 4.2.3 Hang Gliding and Paragliding Sites ....................................................................................................................................... 34 4.2.4 Weightshift Microlight Operations ....................................................................................................................................... 35 4.2.5 Identification of Powered Paragliders & Powered Hang Gliders. ......................................................................................... 40 4.2.6 Wheelbased Powered Paragliders over 70 KG (Empty Weight)............................................................................................ 41

5 HGFA Flight Rules ...................................................................................... 42

5.1 General................................................................................................................................................ 42 5.1.1 Acrobatic Flight .................................................................................................................................................................... 42 5.1.2 Dropping of Articles .............................................................................................................................................................. 42 5.1.3 Flying over Public Gatherings ............................................................................................................................................... 42 5.1.4 Low Flying (Under CAO 95.8) ................................................................................................................................................ 42 5.1.5 Negligent Operation ............................................................................................................................................................. 43 5.1.6 No-Fly Areas ......................................................................................................................................................................... 44 5.1.7 Towing of Articles ................................................................................................................................................................. 44 5.1.8 Visual Flight Rules ................................................................................................................................................................. 44 5.1.9 >10,000 Feet Above Mean Sea Level .................................................................................................................................... 44

5.2 Rules of the Air .................................................................................................................................... 45 5.2.1 Take Off Rules ...................................................................................................................................................................... 45 5.2.2 Give Way Rules ..................................................................................................................................................................... 45 5.2.3 Operation in Proximity to other Aircraft .............................................................................................................................. 45 5.2.4 Collision Avoidance .............................................................................................................................................................. 45 5.2.5 Overtaking Rule .................................................................................................................................................................... 46 5.2.6 Landing Rule ......................................................................................................................................................................... 46

5.3 Civil Aviation Safety Authority – Regulations ...................................................................................... 46 5.3.1 Civil Aviation Order 95.8 ....................................................................................................................................................... 47 5.3.2 Civil Aviation Order 95.10 ..................................................................................................................................................... 47 5.3.3 Civil Aviation Order 95.32 ..................................................................................................................................................... 47 5.3.4 CAR 166 “Operations in the Vicinity of Non-Controlled Aerodromes” – All Aircraft ............................................................ 47

6 Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings................................................ 49

6.1 Requirements to be a HGFA Pilot ........................................................................................................ 49 6.2 Issue and Renewal of Certificates - Summary ...................................................................................... 49

6.2.1 Hang Gliding and Paragliding ................................................................................................................................................ 49 6.2.2 Weightshift Microlighting ..................................................................................................................................................... 50 6.2.3 Powered Paragliding............................................................................................................................................................. 50

6.3 Pilot Certificates & Endorsements ....................................................................................................... 51 6.3.1 Hang Glider Certificates ........................................................................................................................................................ 51 6.3.2 Hang Glider Pilot Endorsements ........................................................................................................................................... 55 6.3.3 Paraglider Pilot Certificates .................................................................................................................................................. 60 6.3.4 Paraglider Pilot Endorsements ............................................................................................................................................. 64 6.3.5 Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificates ................................................................................................................................... 69 6.3.6 Powered Paraglider Pilot Endorsements .............................................................................................................................. 70 6.3.7 Weightshift Microlight ......................................................................................................................................................... 77 6.3.8 Weighshift Microlight Pilot Endorsements ........................................................................................................................... 79

6.4 Ratings ................................................................................................................................................ 83 6.4.1 Safety Officers ...................................................................................................................................................................... 83 6.4.2 Senior Safety Officers ........................................................................................................................................................... 84

Page 4: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 4 of 162

7 Instructor Certificates ............................................................................... 86

7.1 Types and Requirements ..................................................................................................................... 86 7.1.1 Flight Experience Instructor Certificate (HG/PG) .................................................................................................................. 86 7.1.2 Flight Experience Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG) .............................................................................................................. 88 7.1.3 Apprentice Instructor Certificate (HG/PG) ........................................................................................................................... 90 7.1.4 Apprentice Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG)........................................................................................................................ 92 7.1.5 Flight Instructor Certificate (HG/PG) .................................................................................................................................... 94 7.1.6 Flight Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG) ................................................................................................................................ 96 7.1.7 Chief Flight Instructor Certificate (HG/PG) ........................................................................................................................... 98 7.1.8 Chief Flight Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG) ..................................................................................................................... 100 7.1.9 Instructor Examiner Certificate (HG/PG) ............................................................................................................................ 102 7.1.10 Instructor Examiner Certificate (WM/PPG) ........................................................................................................................ 104

7.2 Issue and Renewal of Instructor Certificates ...................................................................................... 106 7.2.1 Instructor Certificates (HG/PG) .......................................................................................................................................... 106 7.2.2 Instructor Certificates (WM)............................................................................................................................................... 107 7.2.3 Instructor Certificates – (PPG) (Foot / Wheel) .................................................................................................................... 108

7.3 Instructor Endorsements: .................................................................................................................. 109 7.3.1 Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) - (HG/PG/PPG/WM) ................................................................................................ 109

8 Pilot Flight Training ................................................................................. 110

8.1 Training ............................................................................................................................................. 110 8.2 Training Facilities (HG/PG/PPG/WM) ................................................................................................ 111

8.2.1 Establishment of Flight Training Facilities .......................................................................................................................... 111 8.2.2 Training Facilities (WM) ...................................................................................................................................................... 112 8.2.3 Facility Inspections (HG/PG/PPG) ....................................................................................................................................... 113 8.2.4 Facility Inspections (WM) ................................................................................................................................................... 113

8.3 Flight Training Syllabus ...................................................................................................................... 114 8.3.1 Theory ................................................................................................................................................................................ 114 8.3.2 Practical Flight Training ...................................................................................................................................................... 119

8.4 Endorsement Syllabus ....................................................................................................................... 124 8.4.1 Aerotow (HG) ..................................................................................................................................................................... 124 8.4.2 Ground Tow (HG/PG) ......................................................................................................................................................... 125 8.4.3 Tugmaster Aerotow (WM) ................................................................................................................................................. 126 8.4.4 Cross Country (WM/PPG) ................................................................................................................................................... 127 8.4.5 Formation Flying (PPG/WM) .............................................................................................................................................. 128 8.4.6 Foot Launch Endorsement (PPG) ........................................................................................................................................ 128 8.4.7 Wheel Launch Endorsement (PPG) ..................................................................................................................................... 128 8.4.8 Free Flight (PPG) ................................................................................................................................................................. 129 8.4.9 Powered Endorsement (Foot launched - HG/PG) ............................................................................................................... 130 8.4.10 Oxygen (HG/PG/PPG) ......................................................................................................................................................... 131 8.4.11 VHF Radio (HG/PG/PPG/WM) ............................................................................................................................................ 132 8.4.12 Tandem (HG/PG) ................................................................................................................................................................ 133 8.4.13 Tandem (PPG) (Foot & Wheel Launched) ........................................................................................................................... 134 8.4.14 Tandem (WM) .................................................................................................................................................................... 135 8.4.15 Tandem – (Instructional) - (HG/PG/PPG/WM) ................................................................................................................... 136

9 Aircraft & Equipment Standards .............................................................. 137

9.1 Certification Specifications and Standards:........................................................................................ 137 9.2 Aircraft Design / Construction (Solo) ................................................................................................. 137

9.2.1 Minimum Standards for Hang Gliders and Paragliders (CAO 95.8) ..................................................................................... 137 9.2.2 Standards for Weightshift Microlights & Powered Paragliders (CAOs 95.10, 95.32) .......................................................... 137

9.3 Aircraft Design / Construction (Passenger) ........................................................................................ 137 9.4 Ancilliary Equipment ......................................................................................................................... 138

Page 5: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 5 of 162

9.5 Emergency Equipment ....................................................................................................................... 138 9.5.1 Standards for Helmets ........................................................................................................................................................ 138

9.5.2 Standards for Emergency Parachutes ................................................................................................................................. 138

9.5.3 Emergency Beacons ........................................................................................................................................................... 138

9.6 Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards............................................................................ 139 9.6.1 Pre-flight Inspection Standards .......................................................................................................................................... 139

9.6.2 Daily Inspection (HG/WM Wing) ........................................................................................................................................ 139

9.6.3 Daily Inspection (WM Base Unit) ........................................................................................................................................ 140

9.6.4 Daily Inspection (PG/PPG Wing) ......................................................................................................................................... 141

9.6.5 Daily Inspection (PPG Motor / Wheeled Base Unit) ........................................................................................................... 141

9.7 Maintenance ..................................................................................................................................... 142 9.7.1 Hang Glider Maintenance Standards .................................................................................................................................. 142

9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations .................................................................................................. 143

9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for training or Tandem Flights ........................................................... 144

9.7.4 Paraglider Maintenance Standards .................................................................................................................................... 146

9.7.5 Paraglider Maintenance Standards - Private Operations ................................................................................................... 147

9.7.6 Paraglider Maintenance Standards - Gliders used for training or Tandem Flights ............................................................. 148

9.7.7 Weightshift Microlight Maintenance Standards ................................................................................................................. 149

9.7.8 Aircraft Log Book ................................................................................................................................................................ 155

9.7.9 Defects, Repairs and Modifications (HG/PG/PPG/WM) ..................................................................................................... 155

NOTE: For any LSA, all repairs and modifications including who can conduct those repairs and modifications, must be approved by the LSA manufacturer.155

9.7.10 PPG Wheel Base Maintenance Standards (Engine Included) .............................................................................................. 156

Page 6: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 6 of 162

1 Introduction

1.1 The Hang Gliding Federation of Australia Incorporated (HGFA) The HGFA is a body constituted to administer the sports of hang gliding, paragliding and weightshift microlighting, including all derivations of these disciplines. HGFA members fly under exemption provisions contained in Civil Aviation Orders (CAO’s) 95.8, 95.10, and 95.32.

The Civil Aviation Regulations and subsequent exemptions in Australia require that persons acting as pilots in command of hang gliders, paragliders or weightshift microlights must be the holder of a pilot certificate issued by the HGFA (www.hgfa.asn.au), or as an alternative in the case of weightshift microlights a pilot certificate issued by the Recreational Aviation Australia Incorporated (RA-Aus) who maintain their own operations manual (see www.raa.asn.au for details).

1.1.1 HGFA Operations Manual This manual is agreed and approved by CASA and governs and limits our operations under the exemptions of the CAO’s.

The Civil Aviation Regulations and Orders require that a pilot undergo training and is subject to the privileges and limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual. This manual is empowered by the CAO’s, therefore non compliance with the Operations manual, means the pilot is not covered by the CAO exemptions and full aviation regulations apply.

To effectively control the safety of the sport, the HGFA has established standards for operations, pilot certification and pilot training. Operations that are not in accordance with these standards and procedures may result in breaches of the Civil Aviation Act or Regulations. The standards and any amendments are prepared by the Hang Gliding Federation of Australia and submitted for approval by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.

HGFA members operating in breach of these standards may be disciplined in accordance with the HGFA Constitution and this Manual. Persons who breach the requirements of the CAO’s or the HGFA Operations Manual may face prosecution by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.

Page 7: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 7 of 162

1.1.2 HGFA Publications This operations manual is part of a series of Manuals and other documentation prepared by the HGFA. Other manuals, including those under preparation, are shown in the accompanying diagram.

1.2 Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) CASA is the government body established to control and regulate all aviation within Australia in accordance with the Civil Aviation Act, the Civil Aviation Regulations (CAR), and the Civil Aviation Safety Regulations (CASR). In regard to sport aviation, CASA makes the rules and the organisations apply the rules to their members. See www.casa.gov.au for more information.

The HGFA is a self-administered Recreational Aviation Administration Organisation (RAAO) approved by CASA and operates under CAO 95.8, 95.10, and 95.32. The HGFA has the responsibility of setting and applying safety and operating standards applicable to hang gliders, paragliders and weightshift microlights. The HGFA also has the responsibility to ensure that all HGFA aircraft are operated in accordance with the HGFA Operations Manual and all applicable Aviation Regulations and Orders.

Page 8: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Introduction - Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA)

The Civil Aviation Orders (CAO’s)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 8 of 162

1.2.1 The Civil Aviation Orders (CAO’s)

HGFA aircraft are required to operate in accordance with the applicable CAR and CASR, but 3 Civil Aviation Orders exempt them from certain requirements of the CAR.

Specifically, CAO 95.8 relates to hang gliders, paragliders and powered versions of these up to an empty weight of 70kg;

CAO 95.10 relates to home-built or uncertified single-place weightshift microlights up to 300kg take-off weight.

CAO 95.32 relates to weightshift microlights.

The HGFA Operations Manual details the operational limits under these CAO exemptions. It also contains technical information and the procedures and instructions necessary to ensure an acceptable level of pilot training and proficiency for the safe conduct of HGFA operations.

1.2.2 Abbreviations AIP Aeronautical Information publication

AFI Apprentice Flight Instructor

ATSB Australian Transport Safety Bureau

BAI Biennial Airworthiness Inspection

BFR Biennial Flight Review

CAAP Civil Aviation Advisory Publication.

CAO Civil Aviation Order;

CAR Civil Aviation Regulation

CASA Civil Aviation Safety Authority;

CASR Civil Aviation Safety Regulations http://www.comlaw.gov.au/Details/F2012C00133

CFI Chief Flight Instructor

CIVL Commission Internationale de Vol Libre: the Hang Gliding and Paragliding representatives to the Federation Aeronautique Internationale (FAI).

CTA Control Area

ERC Enroute Chart, available at Airservice Australia

ERSA Enroute Supplement Australia, available at Airservice Australia

FAI Federation Aeronautique Internationale: The international body which administers sport aviation throughout the world.

FEI Flight Experience Instructor

FI Flight Instructor

FTF Flight Training Facility

HG Hang Glider

HGFA Hang Gliding Federation of Australia

ICAO International Civil Aviation Organisation.

IE Instructor Examiner

IFR Instrument Flight Rules.

IRIS

LSA

Integrated Risk Information System

Light Sport Aircraft

MoU Memorandum of Understanding

OCTA Outside Controlled Airspace.

OPS-n HGFA’s Operations Manual series.

PG Paraglider

PHG Powered Hang Glider

POH Pilot’s Operating Handbook

PPG Powered Paraglider

RA-Aus Recreational Aviation of Australia

Page 9: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Introduction - Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA)

Definitions

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 9 of 162

RAAF Royal Australian Air Force

RAAO Recreational Aviation Administering Organisation that is recognised by CASA also reffered to as an Approved Self-administering Aviation Organisation (ASAO)

SAAA Sports Aircraft Association of Australia

SASAO Self Administering Sport Aviation Organisations Section

SMS Safety Management System

SO Safety Officer

SSO Senior Safety Officer

TSI Act Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003

VFG Visual Flight Guide

VFR Visual Flight Rules.

VHF Very High Frequency (Aviation)

VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions.

VTC Visual Terminal Chart

WM Weightshift Microlight

1.2.3 Definitions Accident: (in relation to all HGFA Pilots and Aircraft) An occurrence associated with the operation of an aircraft whereby;

(a) any person suffers DEATH or serious injury as a result of being in or upon the aircraft or anything attached to the aircraft, except when the injuries are from natural causes, are self-inflicted, or inflicted by other persons; or

(b) the aircraft incurs in-flight damage or structural failure that adversely affects the structure strength, performance or flight characteristics of the aircraft and would normally require major repair or replacement of the affected component; or

(c) the aircraft is missing or inaccessible

Acrobatic Flight: manoeuvres intentionally performed by a pilot involving an abrupt change in its attitude, an abnormal attitude, or an abnormal variation in speed.

Aeroplane: any power driven heavier than air aircraft.

Aircraft: any machine that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air. The use of this term in this manual is to be read to include hang gliders, paragliders, weightshift microlights and, if applicable, other aircraft

Aircraft Log Book: either the manufacturer's log book for the aircraft, or failing that, the HGFA Aircraft Log Book, used for recording maintenance and to include separate logbooks for the engine and wing.

Altimeter Setting: a pressure datum which when set on the sub-scale of a sensitive altimeter causes the altimeter to indicate vertical displacement from that datum.

Closely-settled area: in relation to an aircraft, means an area in which, because of:

(a) man-made obstructions such as buildings and vehicles; and

(b) the capabilities of the aircraft;

the aircraft could not be landed without endangering the safety of persons unconnected with the aircraft or damaging property in the area.

Common Traffic Advisory Frequency (CTAF): an airband radio frequency for aircraft pilots to exchange traffic information while operating to, or from, an aerodrome without an operating control tower or within a designated area. Where established a CTAF will be included within the Enroute Supplement Australia (ERSA).

Control Area (CTA): a control area or control zone as depicted on a Visual Terminal Chart (VTC) or Enroute Chart (ERC) where control services are provided by Air Services Australia. Controlled airspace is designated as Class A, B, C, D or E.

Daily Maintenance: the replacement of component parts which require only assembly and no sewing other than hand tacking.

Direct Supervision: the detailed, on site, personal supervision and direction of pilot training operations.

Page 10: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Introduction - Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA)

Definitions

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 10 of 162

Duty Pilot: An experienced pilot, nominated to administer control of operations, when necessary, for and on behalf of the local club.

Engineer: refers to any qualified mechanical, structural and or aeronautical engineer appropriate to the task or assessment being performed.

Empty weight: means the actual weight of aircraft to which this Order applies in its airborne configuration including all fittings and equipment but excluding fuel and recovery or personal parachutes.

Endorsement: is an additional flight privilege issued to a certificate holder after additional training

Federation: the Hang Gliding Federation of Australia.

Flight Level: a surface of constant atmospheric pressure which is related to a specific datum, 1013.2 hPa and is separated from other such surfaces by specific pressure intervals.

Flight Time: the total time from the moment at which an aircraft first commences movement for the purpose of take off until the moment at which it comes to rest at the end of a flight.

Free flight: is any flight undertaken by a hang glider or paraglider which does not use an integrated motor to assist launch or maintain flight.

Hang Glider: is defined in CAO 95.8 means a glider that has a maximum empty weight of less than 70 kilograms and some rigid structure.

Hard Landing: a landing made while the aircraft is experiencing an excessive rate of descent or excessive ground speed or exceeding the crosswind landing limits specified in the manufacturer’s operating manual.

HGFA Operations Manual: means a manual approved by CASA that is issued by the HGFA and contains the procedures and instructions necessary to ensure an acceptable level of pilot training and proficiency and the safe conduct of HGFA operations

Incident: in relation to an aircraft, means an occurrence, other than an accident, associated with the operation of the aircraft that affects or could affect the safety of the operation of the aircraft.

Injury: means: injury not requiring medical assistance and excludes fatal or serious injuries.

Serious injury: is defined as any injury, other than fatal which –

(a) requires hospitalisation for more than 48 hours commencing within 7 days from the date the injuries were received; or

(b) results in the fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes or nose); or

(c) involves lacerations which cause severe haemorrhage, nerve, muscle or tendon damage; or

(d) Involves injury to any internal organ; or

(e) involves second or third degree burns, or any burns affecting more than five percent of the body surface.

Instructor: a person who holds an Instructor Certificate issued by the Federation.

Integral Part: any part which would affect the safe operation of the aircraft.

Just Culture: An atmosphere of trust in which people are encouraged to provide essential safety-related information - but in which it also clear about where the line is drawn between acceptable and unacceptable behaviour. Sanctions applied only when there is evidence of a conscious violation or intentional reckless or negligent behaviour.

Maintenance: means any work carried out on the aircraft, and is to include:

(a) Scheduled Servicing – hourly or calendar based

(b) Rectification/Repairs

(c) Modifications, and

(d) Any Airworthiness Directives, Service Bulletins/Instructions etc.

Major Modification: any modification to a structural component or an integral part of an aircraft or control system.

Major Repair: any repair to a structural component or an integral part of an aircraft or control system.

Page 11: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Introduction - Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA)

Definitions

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 11 of 162

Major Repair - Engines: in regard to a weightshift microlight means any repair in which it is necessary to split the crank case or as defined by the engine manufacturer.

Mixed Operations: where Hang Gliders, Paragliders, Weightshift Microlights or any other aircraft are operating at the same site or airstrip.

Movement area: is that part of an aerodrome to be used for the take off, landing and taxiing of aircraft, consisting of the manoeuvring areas and aprons.

Night: that period between the end of evening civil twilight and the beginning of morning civil twilight. Graphs that allow the beginning or end of daylight to be determined for a given latitude at a particular time of year are contained in the Operations Section of the Aeronautical Information Publication.

On-Site Supervision: The provision of site and conditions assessment information. This may also include, but is not limited to, the periodic surveillance, assessment and advisory correction and guidance of a pilots operations.

Paraglider: as is defined in CAO 95.8, “means a glider that has an empty weight less than 70 kilograms and has a wing that is inflated and maintains its profile in flight due to the ram-air pressure of the air through which it moves”.

Pilot Certificate: is a pilot or instructor certificate issued by the HGFA.

Pilot in Command: means: the pilot responsible for the operation and safety of the aircraft during flight time.

Student Pilot in Command under Direct Supervision: means as a student in actual control of the aircraft, under the direct supervision of an instructor either; in the aircraft or observing from the ground.

Powered Hang glider: means a framed hang-glider, if it did not have an engine attached.

Powered Paraglider: means an aircraft that is a paraglider of any type with an engine attached.

QNH Altimeter Setting: that pressure setting which, when placed on the pressure setting sub-scale of a sensitive altimeter located at a reference point, will cause the altimeter to indicate the vertical displacement of the reference point above mean sea level.

A pressure type altimeter, calibrated in accordance with the standard atmosphere may be used to determine altitude or flight levels when set to QNH or Area QNH.

Regular Public Transport Air Service: a service for the purpose of transporting persons or cargo for hire or reward in accordance with fixed schedules to and from fixed terminals over specified routes.

Remote Areas: means: an area designated as such by the HGFA Operations Manager. Areas that may be considered remote include those where:

(a) no HGFA affiliated club exists; or

(b) where the current hang gliding . or paragliding populations are sparse; and

(c) attendance at the nearest approved HGFA Training Facility involves more than 5 hours driving in each direction.

NOTE: Remote Areas for general aviation aircraft include a large area of central Australia, south east alpine regions and western Tasmania.

Standard Pressure: the pressure of 1013.2 hectopascals which, if set upon the pressure sub-scale of a sensitive altimeter, will cause the altimeter to read zero when at mean sea level in a standard atmosphere.

State or Region: the HGFA membership of each state or region.

Supervision: the periodic surveillance, assessment and correction of pilot training operations and of persons engaged in those operations.

Student Day: means one student for one day. -- A class of 4 students for 1 day equals 4 student days.

Flight Operations: any flight, or intended flight in which a passenger in addition to the pilot in command is carried (or intended to be carried) in an aircraft.

Time in Service: the cumulative times from when the aircraft leaves the ground on take-off until when it touches down on landing.

Trike: see weightshift microlight.

Page 12: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Introduction - Operational Documents Register.

Definitions

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 12 of 162

Trike Base: the undercarriage, seat, motor and associated components which are suspended beneath the wing of a weightshift microlight or wheel base PPG.

Visual Meteorological Conditions (V.M.C.): denotes the meteorological conditions in which the flight visibility and distances from cloud during a flight are equal to, or greater than, the applicable distances determined by the Authority under CAR1988 and published in the AIP or by NOTAM.

Weightshift microlight (or Trike): any lightweight aeroplane controlled by weight shift as defined in CAO 95.32 or meeting the requirements of CAO 95.10.

Note: Further definitions are contained in the Civil Aviation Regulations Part 1 Regulation 2.

A list of abbreviations (and definitions) used in Aviation and Meteorological publications and charts can also be found in the Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) - General Section.

1.3 Operational Documents Register. Current versions of these documents are available on line at www.hgfa.asn.au or by request from the HGFA office.

Manuals

MOU-01 Memorandum of Understanding between the HGFA & RAA

OTM-01 HGFA Competition Manual

OTM-04 HGFA Technical Manual

OTM-05 HGFA Towing Procedures Manual

HGFA Safety System

SMS-01 Accident & Incident Form

SMS-02 Student Accident Form

SMS-03

SMS-04

Defect report

Management Procedures Manual

SMS-05 Safety Management System

HGFA Membership Documents

MEM-01 HGFA Membership Application

MEM-02 HGFA Visiting Pilot membership Application

MEM-03 HGFA Trainee Pilot Membership Application (green form)

MEM-04 HGFA Introductory Trial Instruction Flight Membership (pink form)

MEM-07 HGFA Release, Assumption of Risk & Warning

MEM-08 Sports Tandem Waiver

Certification

CER-01 Student Pilot Certificate (HG/PG/PPG/WSM)

CER-02 Supervised Pilot (HG) Certificate Application

CER-03 Supervised Pilot (PG) Certificate Application

CER-04 Intermediate Pilot (HG) Certificate application

CER-05 Intermediate Pilot (PG) Certificate application

CER-06 Advanced Pilot (HG) certificate Application

CER-07

CER-08

Advanced Pilot (PG) certificate Application

Pilot Certificate (WM) Cross country & Formation Endorsement Application

CER-09 Flight Training progress report

CER-10 Check Flight Verification Form (Renewal HG/PG)

Page 13: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Introduction - Operational Documents Register.

Definitions

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 13 of 162

CER-11 Biennial Weightshift Microlight Guidelines

CER-12 WM Biennial Flight Review

CER-13

CER-14

CER-15

Certification Qualification Checklist

PPG Pilot Certificate & Radio Op’s Endorsement Application

Check Flight Verification Form (VPM and Re-Joining Member

Endorsement

EN-01 Aerotow Endorsement Application

EN-02 Ground Tow Endorsement Application

EN-03 Passenger Carrying Endorsement Application (HG/PG)

EN-04

EN-10

EN-11

Passenger Carrying Endorsement Application (WM)

PPG Tandem Endorsement

PPG Cross Country Endorsement

EN-05

EN-06

Tug master Endorsement Application

VHF Radio Operator Endorsement Application

EN-07 Motorised Endorsement Application HG

EN-08 Motorised Endorsement Application PG

EN-09

EN-10

EN-11

EN-12

EN-13

Oxygen Endorsement Application

PPG Tandem Endorsement (Sports) Application

PPG – XC & FF Endorsement Application

PPG – Wheelbase Endorsement Application

PPG – Foot Launched Endorsement Application

Appointment/Awards

APP-01 Safety Officer Appointment Application

APP-02

APP-03

APP-04

APP-05

APP-06

APP-07

Senior Safety Officer Appointment Application

HG & PG Proficiency Badge Application

WM & PPG Colibri Badge Application

FAI Observer Application

FAI Initial Record Claim Form

FAI Sporting Licence Application

Instructors

INS-01 Flight Experience Instructor Certificate Application

INS-02 Apprentice & Flight Instructor Certificate Application (HG/PG)

INS-03 Instructor certificate Application (WM)

INS-04 Chief Flight instructor Certificate Application (HG/PG)

INS-05 Instructor Certificate Renewal Application (WM)

INS-06 Instructor Certificate & Passenger Endorsement Renewal (HG/PG)

INS-07 HGFA Instructor & Commercial Operators Code of Conduct

INS-09 Instructor declaration

INS-10 Microlight Apprentice Applicant Skills Appraisal Checklist

INS-11 Paragliding Apprentice Applicant Skills Appraisal Checklist

INS-12 HGFA Instructor Medical Examination Report

Page 14: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Introduction - Operational Documents Register.

Definitions

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 14 of 162

INS-13

INS-14

INS-15

INS-16

Training Aircraft Maintenance Log (HG/PG)

HGFA Instructor Manual

HGFA Weightshift Microlight Instructor Manual

CFI Wheelbased PPG Training Check Flight & Authorisation Application

Training Facilities

FAC-01 Flight Training Facility Inspection Approval Application

FAC-02 Site Appraisal Check List

FAC-03 Flight Training Facility Self Inspection Report (HG/PG/PPG)

FAC-04 Satellite Training Facility Application (HG/PG/PPG)

FAC-05 Training Aircraft Maintenance Log (pro-forma)

FAC-06 Training Facility Inspection Checklist (HG/PG/PPG)

FAC-07 Training Facility Inspection Checklist (WM)

FAC-08 Flight Training Facility & CFI Update

FAC-09 Site Appraisal

FAC-10 Flight Training Facility Self Inspection Report (WM)

Registration

REG-01 CAO 95.10 - Aircraft Registration Application

REG-02 CAO 95.32 – E-LSA Aircraft Registration Application

REG-03 CAO 95.32 – Type Certified Aircraft Registration Application

REG-04 CAO 95.32 - LSA Aircraft Registration Application

REG-05 Change of Registration Details

REG-06 Aircraft Inspection Guidelines 2 yearly

REG-07 Aircraft Inspection Report

REG-08 Navigation Flight Plan

REG-09 Airframe Log Book

REG-10 Engine Log Book

REG-11 Wing Log Book

Syllabi

SYL-01 Basic Aeronautical Knowledge

SYL-02 Flight instructors Work Book HG & PG

SYL-03 HG & PG CFI Workbook

SYL-04 Pilot Training Syllabus (HG/PG)

SYL-05 (Sup) Supervised Pilot Training Workbook Hang Gliding

SYL-05 (Int) Intermediate Pilot Training Workbook Hang Gliding

SYL-05 (Adv) Advanced Pilot Training Workbook Hang Gliding

SYL-06 Pilot Training Workbook Paragliding

SYL-08 Pilot Training Workbook Weightshift Microlight

SYL-09 PPG Foot launched Training Syllabus

SYL-10 PPG Wheel based Training Syllabus

SYL-16 PPG Training Workbook – Foot & Wheel

SYL-17 PPG Cross Country Endorsement Syllabus

SYL-18 PPG Tandem Endorsement Syllabus

SYL-11 Theory Examinations - Answer Sheet

Page 15: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Introduction - Operational Documents Register.

Definitions

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 15 of 162

SYL-12 Theory Examinations Student- Answer Sheet

SYL-13 WM Flight Instructors Training Workbook

SYL-15 WM Pilot Training Syllabus

Page 16: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Organisation and Administration - The Hang Gliding Federation of Australia

The Role of Affiliated Clubs

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 16 of 162

2 Organisation and Administration

2.1 The Hang Gliding Federation of Australia The Hang Gliding Federation of Australia (HGFA) Incorporated is a non-profit organisation consisting of regional bodies and affiliated Associations, Clubs and individuals whose aims and objectives are to foster and encourage the operation of hang gliders, paragliders and weightshift microlights for educational and recreational sporting purposes.

The broad objectives of HGFA are:

(a) To represent generally the views of persons connected with hang gliding and allied sports within Australia;

(b) To coordinate and promote the development, progress and advancement of hang gliding and allied sports;

(c) To acquire and disseminate information and advice on hang gliding and allied sports in all their aspects;

(d) To promote competitions, contests, tests and records for hang gliding and allied sports throughout Australia;

(e) To consider, coordinate, promote and procure reforms and improvements in the laws affecting hang gliding and allied sports;

(f) To impart training, coaching and instruction in hang gliding and allied sports; and

(g) To promote, coordinate and regulate safety oversight standards, safety procedures, engineering standards and procedures, flying and proficiency standards and all other matters relating to the safety and protection of members, participants, spectators and property.

(h) Safety Promotion, Safety Education, Safety enforcement.

2.2 The Role of State and Regional Associations The principal roles of state and regional associations are to:

(a) provide assistance to the Operations Manager in the management and administration of the affairs of HGFA;

(b) assist and coordinate, as necessary, the activities of affiliated clubs in: (i) control of operations; (ii) retention and development of sites; (iii) the liaison with local, state and regional governmental bodies;

(c) to encourage and foster the development of: (i) the sports administered by HGFA; and; (ii) local clubs to control the operational aspects of these sports.

2.2.1 The Role of Affiliated Clubs The principal roles of affiliated clubs are to:

(a) affiliate and liaise with their State/Regional Association in the interest of their members, and HGFA members, for the better supervision and control of operations of hang gliders, paragliders and weightshift microlights at sites within their area;

(b) be responsible to the HGFA Operations Manager for the supervision and control of operations of hang gliders, paragliders and or weightshift microlights at sites within their area;

(c) be responsible to members for the retention and development of sites;

(d) encourage and foster the local development of the HGFA sports;

(e) appoint Safety Officers and Duty Pilots to assist with the supervision and control of operations in accordance with HGFA requirements;

(f) ensure that accidents where operations are under the club’s control are reported, investigated and that appropriate actions are taken to reduce hazards and and prevent similar occurrences;

(g) represent to the appropriate state or regional association, the views of members with the management and administration of the affairs of HGFA; and

(h) provide a social focus and a point of contact for local and visiting pilot

Page 17: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Organisation and Administration - Membership of the HGFA

The Role of Affiliated Clubs

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 17 of 162

2.3 Membership of the HGFA HGFA membership is available to all persons. Various classes of membership are available to suit differing needs as summarised in the table below and detailed in the table and paragraphs that follow.

Table 1: HGFA Membership Classes

Membership Type

Full or Life Member

Associate Members

Affiliate Members Trainee Member

Introductory Trainee Member

Visiting Pilot Member (VPM) Family

Requirements for acceptance

HGFA Release Warning and Assumption of Risk form complete

Nomination form complete Application form complete

Membership of an organisation affiliated with HGFA Agree to rules and regulations

Paid membership fees to HGFA*

Proven overseas pilot certification and paid fees to HGFA

Paid membership fees to HGFA*

* Life members not required to pay fees.

Nomination or Application approved Satisfactory credentials

Privileges

Voting Rights Undergo flight experience with an HGFA instructor

Issue of interim pilot certificates and endorsements Voting Rights

As detailed in the Operations Manual of the Affiliated Organisation

Third party liability insurance cover

Online access to the HGFA Member’s database and online services via the HGFA website.

Issue of visiting pilots information

Online access to the HGFA Member’s database and online services via the HGFA website.

Issues of official publication

Period of validity

Period for which fees are paid*

Twelve months or until fixed renewal date.

Three days within a three month period

Two, four, or six months depending on fees paid

Period for which fees are paid*

As determined by affiliated organisation

Renewal requirement

Payment of fees to HGFA by due date*

Fees paid to HGFA

Payment of fees to HGFA by due date*

Not renewable Renewable once a year

NOTE: The table is a summary of requirements only. See following sections for full details.

Page 18: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Organisation and Administration - Membership of the HGFA

Full Membership

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 18 of 162

2.3.1 Full Membership 2.3.1.1 Requirements for Acceptance

Full HGFA membership is available to all natural persons:

(a) who have agreed to be bound by the constitution, rules and regulations of the Federation;

(b) who have completed and submitted the HGFA Release, Assumption of Risk and Warning form to the office of the HGFA;

(c) who have completed and submitted the appropriate membership application form to the office of the HGFA;

(d) who have paid the prescribed membership fees to the office of HGFA; and

(e) whose application has been approved by the Executive Committee or as delegated by the Executive Committee.

2.3.1.2 Privileges

Full HGFA membership entitles a person to:

(a) Operation under the exemptions published under CAO 95.8, CAO 95.10, and CAO 95.32;

(b) Voting rights in determining the affairs of the HGFA;

(c) The issue of Pilot Certificates, endorsements, awards and sporting licences where a person has satisfied the requirements for issue and renewal for such pilot certificates, endorsements and awards;

(d) Third party liability insurance covering activities relating to the operation of hang gliders, paragliders and or weightshift microlights;

(e) Online access to the HGFA online Member’s database;

(f) A copy of each issue of the official publication of the Federation.

2.3.1.3 Period of Validity

Membership is valid for the period for which a member has paid the prescribed membership fees unless membership is suspended or the member is expelled from the Federation.

The HGFA Release, Assumption of Risk and Warning form will remain on file and valid for any future period of time during which the signatory is a HGFA Member.

2.3.1.4 Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for renewal of membership shall submit a completed membership renewal form and full payment for membership fees to the HGFA office by the required payment date to continue to hold membership privileges.

Additional fees may be payable for the reinstatement of privileges if membership lapses more than 60 days after the due date for membership fees.

Note 1: Where an applicant for Full Membership is a bona fide member of a family, residing at the same address as another family member who is a full member of HGFA; the applicant may apply for “Family Discount” which is provided at a reduced fee.

Note 2: Overseas Pilots holding HGFA Full membership can seek to obtain HGFA issued qualifications by submitting to the HGFA office documentation showing current membership of a similar organisation affiliated with the FAI, together with proof of holding a pilot certificate from that organisation. The HGFA will then check your current HGFA membership or send a Full membership application for you to join. A check-flight form will sent and will require you to have a check-flight under the supervision of an HGFA qualified Chief Flight Instructor who will assess your skills and knowledge; and make recommendation as to your pilot rating according to Australian requirements. This will include knowledge of Australian aviation regulations. The check-flight process is at the candidate’s expense.

2.3.2 Life Membership 2.3.2.1 Requirements for Acceptance

Life membership is available to members:

(a) who have been nominated for Life Membership by a member of the association in writing;

(b) who have agreed to be bound by the constitution and the rules and regulations of the Federations; and

(c) whose nomination has been approved by the HGFA Management Committee.

2.3.2.2 Privileges

Page 19: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Organisation and Administration - Membership of the HGFA

Trainee Membership

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 19 of 162

Life membership entitles a person to:

(a) voting rights in determining the affairs of the HGFA;

(b) the issue of Pilot Certificates and endorsements where a person has satisfied the requirements for issue and or renewal for such pilots certificate and or endorsement;

(c) third party liability insurance covering activities relating to the operation of hang gliders, paragliders and or weightshift microlights

2.3.2.3 Period of Validity

Life membership is valid for the life of the member unless membership is suspended, or the Life member is expelled or resigns from the Federation.

2.3.2.4 Requirements for Renewal

There are no renewal requirements for Life Membership.

2.3.3 Trainee Membership 2.3.3.1 Requirements for Acceptance

HGFA Trainee membership is available to persons undertaking instruction from an approved HGFA instructor:

(a) whose name appears on the prescribed form;

(b) Has attained the age of 15 years and where the applicant is under the age of 18 years, written parental consent is granted.

(c) who has agreed to be bound by the constitution and the rules and regulations of the Federation;

(d) who has completed and submitted the HGFA Release, Assumption of Risk and Warning form to the office of the HGFA;

(e) who has paid the prescribed membership fees to the HGFA office.

2.3.3.2 Privileges

HGFA Trainee membership entitles a person to:

(a) the issue of a Student Pilot certificate to undertake pilot training towards the issue of a supervised or weightshift microlight pilot certificate;

(b) on completing training the application for issue of a supervised pilot certificate or, weightshift microlight or powered paraglider pilot certificate by their CFI. Such issue being subject to the trainee member becoming a full member of the HGFA;

(c) third party liability insurance covering activities relating to the operation of hang gliders, paragliders and or weightshift Microlights; and

(d) a copy of each issue of the official publication of the Federation that is published in the three month period following acceptance of trainee membership.

2.3.3.3 Period of Validity

Trainee Membership is valid for a period up to twelve calendar months from the date appearing on the application form, terminating on the last day of that last calendar month unless:

(a) HGFA membership is suspended;

(b) the member is expelled from the Federation; or

(c) the trainee member has completed their training and paid full membership of the HGFA and been issued a supervised pilot certificate, a weightshift microlight certificate, or a powered paraglider certificate.

2.3.3.4 Requirements for Renewal

Trainee Memberships are NOT renewable and may not be reissued.

Page 20: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Organisation and Administration - Membership of the HGFA

Introductory Trainee Membership

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 20 of 162

2.3.4 Introductory Trainee Membership 2.3.4.1 Requirements for Acceptance

Introductory trainee membership is available to persons receiving instruction from approved HGFA instructors and:

(a) whose name appears on the prescribed form; and

(b) who has completed and submitted a HGFA Release, Assumption of Risk and Warning form; and

(c) who has agreed to be bound by the constitution and the rules and regulations of the Federation; and

(d) who has paid the prescribed membership fees to an approved HGFA instructor.

2.3.4.2 Privileges

Introductory trainee membership entitles a person to third party liability insurance covering activities relating to the operation of hang gliders, paragliders and or weightshift microlights conducted under the direct supervision of an approved HGFA instructor where the instructor is the pilot in command of each flight.

2.3.4.3 Period of Validity

Introductory trainee membership is valid for participation of HGFA activities on 3 calendar days in a period of four calendar months from the date appearing on the membership application unless membership is suspended, or a member is expelled from the Federation.

2.3.4.4 Requirements for Renewal

Introductory trainee membership is NOT renewable.

2.3.5 Visiting Pilot Membership 2.3.5.1 Requirements for Acceptance

Visiting Pilot membership is available to a visiting foreign pilot:

(a) whose name appears on the prescribed form;

(b) who has agreed to be bound by the rules and regulations of the Federation;

(c) who has presented satisfactory documentation establishing their credentials and experience regarding their ability to act as pilot in command of a hang glider, paraglider and or weightshift microlight;

(d) who has provided a completed HGFA Release, Assumption of Risk and Warning Form;

(e) if requested by a safety officer, the Operations Manager, or competitions committee – passed a check flight assessing suitability including understanding Australian Airspace;

(f) who has paid the prescribed membership fee to the HGFA; and

(g) Where required be able to use an appropriate radio and communicate in english.

VPMs must hold a current a current overseas membership of a hang gliding or paragliding organisation and a current overseas pilot license.

2.3.5.2 Privileges

Visiting Pilot HGFA membership entitles a person to:

(a) initial issue of the HGFA Visiting Pilot information;

(b) the issue of interim pilot certificates and endorsements where a person has satisfied the requirements for issue for such pilot certificate and or endorsement; and

(c) third party liability insurance covering activities relating to the operation of hang gliders, paragliders and or weightshift microlights within Australia.

2.3.5.3 Period of Validity

Visiting Pilot Membership is valid for a period of two, four or six calendar months from the date appearing on the application form. The period of validity is dependent on the amount of fees paid, unless the visiting pilot terminates their visit to Australia, or membership is suspended, or the member is expelled from the Federation.

Page 21: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Organisation and Administration - Suspension or Cancellation of Pilot Certificates

Associate or Affiliate Membership

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 21 of 162

2.3.5.4 Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for renewal of membership shall forward full payment for membership fees to the HGFA office by the required payment date. Visiting Pilot Membership may only be renewed once in any one calendar year unless authorised for renewal in writing by the Operations Manager.

2.3.6 Associate or Affiliate Membership 2.3.6.1 Requirements for Acceptance

Associate or Affiliate membership is available to persons who are members of an organisation that is affiliated or associated with the HGFA.

2.3.6.2 Privileges

The privileges of associate or affiliate membership will be set out in writing upon approval of the membership being approved by the HGFA Committee of Management or its delegate.

2.3.6.3 Period of Validity

Unless membership is suspended, or a member is expelled from the Federation or the affiliated organisation, associate or affiliate membership is valid for the period set out in the HGFA constitution.

2.3.6.4 Requirements for Renewal

Renewal requirements for associate or affiliate membership will be set out in the “Privileges Of Membership” document. (See 2.3.6.2)

2.4 Suspension or Cancellation of Pilot Certificates

2.4.1 Expiry of Membership and Certificates (a) Where a member fails to renew his or her membership, or advises the Federation of his or her desire to withdraw from

membership of the Federation, his or her membership shall be automatically invalid and certificates suspended;

(b) Renewal of pilot certificates automatically cancelled due to expiry of membership may be accomplished by: (i) Payment of the prescribed membership fee to HGFA; and (ii) Where membership has been expired for more than ninety days the pilot must complete a flight review with a HGFA Flight Instructor or

higher.

2.4.2 Contravention of Rules, Discipline of Members The following text is taken from the current constitution (1996, amended July 2013), part 5, “Disciplining of Members”.

2.4.2.1 Where the Operations Manager has received a complaint or, is of the opinion that a member of the Federation:

(a) has failed to comply with a provision of these rules [the Constitution]; or

(b) has acted in a manner prejudicial to the interests of the Federation; or

(c) has breached any law, regulation, by-law or order relating to the operation of any aircraft; or

(d) has failed to comply with any provision of the Operations Manual; or

(e) has breached the rules relating to aircraft, of a Club associated with the HGFA or Regional Association; or

(f) has breached any directive, training syllabus or guidelines issued by the Operations Manager; or

(g) has acted in a manner dangerous to themselves or others in the course of the aviation activity, the Operations Manager may:

(i) suspend any Certificates, Licences or privileges issued by the Federation, pending a hearing before a Disciplinary Tribunal as stipulated in Part 5 of the HGFA constitution. This suspension is imeadiate, flight privilege being removed until completion of the Disciplinary Tribunal process and implementation of any recommended disciplinary measures.

(ii) notify the Committee who shall appoint a Disciplinary Tribunal consisting of 3 members of the Federation.

Page 22: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Organisation and Administration - Suspension or Cancellation of Pilot Certificates

Contravention of Rules, Discipline of Members

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 22 of 162

2.4.2.2 Where a Disciplinary Tribunal is appointed by the Committee, the Operations Manager shall: (h) Prepare a complaint setting out the nature of the allegations made against the member.

(i) Forward by post to the member, at the member's address in the Federation records: (i) a copy of the complaint; (ii) any documentation upon which the Operations Manager relies to support the complaint; and (iii) a request to the member to forward to the Operations Manager any defence and documentation in support within 14 days of

the date of the letter. (j) On the expiry of the period of 14 days, the Operations Manager shall forward to the Disciplinary Tribunal a copy of the

complaint together with copies of any documentation received by him from the member in response.

(k) There shall be no oral hearing, nor right of appearance either in person or by legal representative before the Disciplinary Tribunal.

(l) Unless the member specifically requests in writing that the question of penalty shall be dealt with separately from any finding of guilt, the member shall be deemed to have agreed that both issues of guilt and penalty will be heard together.

(m) The Disciplinary Tribunal shall consider the material placed before it by the member and the Operations Manager and may confer by telephone with each other and make a decision without having to meet in one place.

(n) The Tribunal may by resolution:

(i) Cancel, suspend, or vary certificates, licences, or privileges issued by the Federation.

(ii) Suspend the member from membership of the Federation for a specific period.

(iii) Expel the member from the Federation.

(o) The Operations Manager shall notify the member in writing of any resolution, and such resolution shall take effect from the date upon which the notice would, in the ordinary course of post, have been received by the member.

2.4.2.3 Right of Appeal of Disciplined Member

(a) A member may appeal to the Appeal Tribunal of the Federation against a resolution of the Disciplinary Tribunal within 7 days after notice of the resolution is served on the member, by lodging with the Operations Manager a notice to that effect together with the Appeal fee as determined from time to time by the Committee.

(b) Upon receipt of the notice of appeal, the Committee shall nominate 3 members of the Federation (not being members of the Disciplinary Tribunal).

(c) The Appeal shall be by way of a new hearing on all issues of fact and law.

(d) The member and the Operations Manager may lodge with the Federation such other written material as each desires in respect of the appeal within 14 days of lodging the notice of appeal.

(e) There shall be no oral hearing or right of appearance either in person or by legal representative before the Appeal Tribunal.

(f) The Appeal Tribunal shall consider the material placed before the Disciplinary Tribunal and such other material placed before it by the Operations Manager and the member, and may confer by telephone with each other and make a decision without having to meet in one place.

(g) The Appeal Tribunal shall have the same powers as the Disciplinary Tribunal set out above.

(h) The Operations Manager shall notify the member in writing of any resolution of the Appeal Tribunal. It shall take effect on the date when the notice, in the ordinary course of post, would have been received by the member.

(i) Pending any appeal to the Appeal Tribunal, any penalty imposed by the Disciplinary Tribunal shall remain in force.

2.4.2.4 No Liability to Damages

No member who has been dealt with under Part 5 of the HGFA Constitution, shall have any claim against the Federation, its employees or any member notwithstanding that;

(a) The proceedings may subsequently be found to be void or invalid, or

(b) That the finding is quashed, or

Page 23: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Organisation and Administration - The Organisation of the HGFA

HGFA Executive Officers

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 23 of 162

(c) That an appeal by the Member may be upheld and notwithstanding any negligence, breach of contract or other right to damages.

2.5 The Organisation of the HGFA

2.5.1 HGFA Executive Officers There are two principle officers, the Operations Manager and the Administrative Manager, employed by the HGFA to manage and delegate the responsibilities listed below.

Full details of the terms of reference for these officers, sub-contractors, and sub committees are included in The HGFA Management Procedures Manual. (SMS-04 - See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register)

Figure 1: HGFA Organisation chart

2.5.1.1 Operations Manager

The Duties and responsibilities of the Operations Manager are to:

(a) Be responsible for the overall control and supervision of disciplines governed by the HGFA.

(b) Implement the procedures of this Operations Manual

(c) Govern and enforce compliance to this Operations Manual.

(d) Ensure that these operations satisfy the requirements of the Civil Aviation Safety Regulations, the relevant Civil Aviation Orders, Civil Aviation Regulation 1988 and the Transport Safety Investigation (TSI) Act. 2003

(e) Approve and issue Student Pilot Certificates, or delegate the authority for the issue of Student Pilot Certificates. (f) Upon recommendation from a CFI, approve or delegate the authority for the issue of Pilot Certificates. (g) Upon recommendation from a CFI or Instructor Examiner, approve or delegate the authority for the issue of Instructor

certificates. (h) Approve or delegate the authority for the renewal of Instructor certificates.

(i) Regularly monitor trends in training and general flying practices and recommend changes/amendments to this manual,

training syllabi and instructor manuals.

Page 24: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Organisation and Administration - The Organisation of the HGFA

Committees

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 24 of 162

(j) Undertake investigation of accidents, incidents and/or occurrences involving HGFA members or aircraft, when requested by CASA, police or the ATSB

(k) Be responsible for maintaining a high level of training practices and methods, overall flying standards and pilot competency under the control of the HGFA.

2.5.2 Committees There are four standing technical committees as detailed in the paragraphs that follow.

Ad hoc subcommittees are established from time to time to address specific issues.

(a) HGFA Committee of Management.

(b) Safety and Operations Committee.

(c) Competitions Committee.

(d) Training Committee.

All routine work performed by these committees is on a voluntary basis, although on occasions work of a special nature is performed under contract other than work performed by the Operations Manager.

2.5.2.1 HGFA Committee of Management

The HGFA Committee of Management consists of twelve member representatives elected by HGFA members in accordance with the provisions of the HGFA constitution. The Committee elects a President, Treasurer and Secretary who together with the Operations Manager form the Executive Committee.

The basic objectives and functions of the Committee of Management are to:

(a) ensure that the Federation operates in accordance with its Constitution, statutory obligations and in the best interests of its members;

(b) ensure that standards and procedures are in place that allow hang gliding and related sports reasonable access to airspace and that the sport is conducted in a manner that provides an acceptable level of safety;

(c) approve plans for the continued viable development of hang gliding and related sports;

(d) review CASA’s operational audits and take steps to satisfy post-audit requirements; and

(e) carry out their safety role as defined in the Safety Management System, (Doc. SMS-05 - See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register). Full details of the responsibilities of the Committee of Management and the elected office holders are included in the HGFA Management Procedures Manual (Doc. SMS-04 - See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register).

The Committee of Management is assisted in its tasks by the Operations Manager, Office Manager and a number of Officers and Technical Committees.

In general these Officers and Technical Committees have delegated authority to discharge the tasks for which they are responsible with a minimum of supervision and or approval from the Committee of Management. This delegation is set out in written terms of reference.

2.5.2.2 Safety and Operations Committee

The basic objectives and functions of the Safety and Operations Committee are to:

(a) assist with the development and implementation of procedures and instructions necessary to ensure the safe operation of hang gliders, paragliders and weightshift microlights;

(b) foster and encourage the safe operation of hang gliders, paragliders and weightshift microlights for educational, recreational and research purposes;

(c) assist the Operations Manager in the overall control and supervision of the requirements of the relevant Civil Aviation Orders as they relate to hang gliders, paragliders and weightshift microlights;

(d) develop and implement airworthiness standards for hang gliders, paragliders and non-certified weightshift microlights;

(e) develop and implement airworthiness standards for accessories and equipment associated with hang gliders, paragliders and weightshift microlights;

(f) assist the Operations Manager in the development, implementation, maintenance and promotion of systems for the instruction and training for hang gliding, paragliding and weightshift microlighting pilots of all skill levels; and

Page 25: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Organisation and Administration - The Organisation of the HGFA

CIVL Delegate

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 25 of 162

(g) Carry out their safety role as defined in the Safety Management System, SMS-05. (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register)

2.5.2.3 Training Committee

The basic objectives and functions of the Training Committee are to:

(a) assist the Operations Manager in the development, implementation, maintenance and promotion of systems for the instruction and training for hang gliding, paragliding and weightshift microlighting;

(b) assist the Operations Manager in the development, implementation, maintenance and promotion of systems for the advanced skills training for hang gliding, paragliding and weightshift microlighting; and

(c) promote the participation of women and other target groups in the sports of hang gliding, paragliding and weightshift microlighting and identify the special needs of these groups and develop strategies to aim at fulfilling these needs.

2.5.2.4 Competitions Committee

The basic objectives and functions of the Competition Committee are to:

(a) manage, promote and coordinate the competitive and participatory aspects of the sports of hang gliding, paragliding and weightshift microlighting with due regard to safety; and

(b) coordinate and promote the competitive aspects of the sport(s) at regional, national and international levels; and

(c) maintain communication with the FAI, the HGFA Management Committee and HGFA members.

(d) Monitor, enforce, or facilitate membership currency and qualification verification of participating pilots.

2.5.3 CIVL Delegate The basic function of the CIVL delegate is to represent the views of HGFA and Australian pilots at meetings of the Commission International de VolLibre.

The relevance to hang gliding of this committee is mainly due to its role in the setting of standards and requirements for international competitions and record attempts.

Page 26: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Responsibility of Pilots, Clubs, Duty Pilots and Safety Officers. - Responsibilities

Pilots

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 26 of 162

3 Responsibility of Pilots, Clubs, Duty Pilots and Safety Officers.

3.1 Responsibilities

3.1.1 Pilots 3.1.1.1 Pilot Responsibilities

The responsibilities of individual HGFA pilots are as follows:

(a) To perform a pre-flight check on their aircraft and flying equipment prior to every flight;

(b) The safety of their operations, both in the air and on the ground;

(c) Where the pilot is the holder of a Supervised Pilot Certificate, before flying, seek advice from a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer or Instructor as to the suitability of the site and prevailing conditions, also confirming appropraite supervision during operations;

(d) When new to a site or inexperienced in the prevailing conditions, seek advice from a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer or Instructor; and provide proof of qualifications and HGFA membership; and

(e) When an accident or incident occurs, the pilot/s involved must report the accident or incident in accordance with section 3.2 of this manual;

(f) To operate within the regulations as set by CASA or approved by CASA in this manual.

(g) Obey all directions and instructions given by a Chief Flight Instructor, Flight Instructor, Senior Safety Officer, Safety Officers or Duty Pilot.

(h) Whilst at or participating in an aviation event, obey all directions and instructions given by the Event Organiser or Director.

(i) Obey all directions, stipulations and instructions given by the HGFA Operations Manager.

3.1.1.2 Pilot Briefings

Visiting pilots (whether from overseas or other locations in Australia) MUST ensure they are properly briefed on local requirements and conditions. A valid HGFA Membership and Log books should be produced on request by an Instructor, Safety Officer or Duty Pilot of the HGFA.

Safety Officers & Duty Pilots Liability

While Safety Officers and Duty Pilots will give advice when asked, they accept no responsibility or liability in respect of any advice given.

As the role of Safety Officer and Duty Pilot are entirely voluntary, each member of the Federation accepts that they will not hold any Safety Officer or Duty Pilot or liable for any act or omission in the performance of those duties which may cause injury or loss.

3.1.1.3 Log Book Requirements

Flying members of the HGFA shall keep a personal log book. The personal log book shall contain the following particulars:

(a) the full name, address and date of birth of the member;

(b) a record of pilot qualifications; and

(c) a record of all flights of the member.

Flight information shall include:

(d) date and duration of flight;

(e) if under instruction, state dual or solo, the nature of the flight training and the name of the Pilot in Command;

(f) particulars of the aircraft flown; and

(g) aircraft registration number (if applicable).

Note: HGFA log books which allow members to record details that satisfy these requirements are available from the HGFA Office. Other forms of log book that allow a record of information equivalent in detail to that shown in the HGFA Log book are acceptable.

Page 27: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Responsibility of Pilots, Clubs, Duty Pilots and Safety Officers. - Responsibilities

HGFA State and Regional Associations and Affiliated Clubs

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 27 of 162

3.1.2 HGFA State and Regional Associations and Affiliated Clubs The establishment, control and management of flying sites is the responsibility of HGFA State and Regional Associations and their affiliated clubs.

3.1.2.1 Responsibilities

The responsibilities of an incorporated club or Association are:

(a) To appoint Safety Officers and Senior Safety Officers;

(b) Determine when the scale of operations at a site warrant the appointment of a Duty Pilot and arrange for a roster of Duty Pilots or Safety Officers to control operations on the site;

(c) To formulate and implement emergency management plans for the reduction of hazards to both pilots and members of the public;

(d) To liaise with landowners to maintain access to sites under control of the club;

(e) To provide advice to pilots of limited experience regarding sites and the prevailing weather conditions;

(f) To notify landowners, AirServices Australia, RAAF Briefing Office or other people where operations at a site require such notification;

(g) To formulate emergency management plans and coordinate with external agencies in the provision of assistance to accident victims at sites and/or operations controlled by the club;

(h) To assist the club Senior Safety Officer in the compilation and analysis of accident reports;

(i) To notify the HGFA Operations Manager of incidents which may require HGFA disciplinary action to be taken

(j) To seek to resolve local member disputes equitably.

(k) To notify the HGFA Operations Manager of accidents, incidents and such as may attract media scrutiny.

3.1.3 Duty Pilots 3.1.3.1 Requirements for Nomination

A Duty Pilot shall be nominated when:

(a) The weather conditions, the number of people flying and or the complexity of the launch and landing point are judged to require it.

(b) Supervised Pilot Certificate holders are operating;

(c) There are other forms of aviation as well as hang gliding, paragliding or weightshift microlighting operating at a site or airstrip – known as “mixed operations”.

3.1.3.2 Nomination of a Duty Pilot

A Duty Pilot should be nominated as follows:

(a) When the weather conditions, the number of people flying and or the complexity of the launch and landing point are judged to require it.

(b) Where there is no club roster and a Duty Pilot is required, those Safety Officers present should elect a Duty Pilot;

(c) Where there is no club roster and a Duty Pilot is required and no Safety Officers are present, those experienced pilots present should elect a Duty Pilot.

(d) Hold an Intermediate Pilot Certificate of higher with either:

(i) a minimum of 80 hours flying experience in hang gliders or paragliders of the type of aircraft being supervised; or

(ii) a minimum of 50 hours flying experience in hang gliders or paragliders of the type of aircraft being supervised with previous flying experience at the site used on the day.

3.1.3.3 Responsibilities

A Duty Pilot shall:

(a) Provide advice to pilots on request;

Page 28: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Responsibility of Pilots, Clubs, Duty Pilots and Safety Officers. - Accident and Incident Reporting

Safety Officers

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 28 of 162

(b) Assist Supervised Pilot Certificate holders on request;

(c) Make inquiries of pilots as to their qualifications to fly the particular site, and the currency of their membership of the HGFA;

(d) Notify the club executive or Senior Safety Officer of dangerous activities or incidents where disciplinary action is recommended, as safety has been or is likely to be comprimised;

(e) Where there are mixed operations, work with the Duty Pilots from other organisations sharing the site to ensure safe operating procedures are established.

(f) Be present whilst operations are being conducted.

3.1.4 Safety Officers Safety Officer appointments are made as follows:

(g) Hang Glider Safety Officer

(h) Paraglider Safety Officer

(i) Powered Paraglider Safety Officer

(j) Powered Hang Glider Safety Officer

(k) Weightshift Microlight Safety Officer

The appointment of Safety Officer is only effective for those sites and operations controlled by the nominating club.

Minimum requirements for appointment and responsibilities, are detailed in Safety Officers, section 6.4.1.

3.1.5 Senior Safety Officers Senior Safety Officer appointments are made as follows:

(a) Hang Glider Safety Officer

(b) Paraglider Safety Officer

(c) Powered Paraglider Safety Officer

(d) Powered Hang Glider Safety Officer

(e) Weightshift Microlight Safety Officer

One or more Senior Safety Officers are appointed for each club affiliated with the HGFA to assist in the supervision of operations at sites controlled by the club.

Minimum requirements for appointment and responsibilities, are detailed in Senior Safety Officers, section 6.4.2.

3.2 Accident and Incident Reporting Pilots operating aircraft under CAO 95.8, CAO 95.10 and CAO 95.32 are NOT EXEMPT from any of the Air Navigation regulations including TSI (Act 2003), applicable to accident and incident reporting.

The fundamental objective of the accident reporting requirements is the prevention of accidents and incidents through shared learning.

This is done by identification of the causal factors of the accident or incident.

The investigations aim to determine the factors involved and to use this information as the basis for enhancing the level of safety.

3.2.1 Definition of Accident & Incident 3.2.1.1 Accident

Accident means a matter involving an aircraft where:

(a) any person dies or suffers serious injury as a result of an occurrence associated with the operation of the aircraft;

Page 29: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Responsibility of Pilots, Clubs, Duty Pilots and Safety Officers. - Accident and Incident Reporting

Notification of Accidents

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 29 of 162

(b) the aircraft incurs damage or structural failure that adversely affects the structural strength, performance or flight characteristics of the aircraft that would normally require major repair or replacement of the affected component(s); or

(c) any third party property is destroyed or seriously damaged as a result of an occurrence associated with the operation of the aircraft.

(d) the aircraft becomes lost or inaccessible.

3.2.1.2 Incident

“Incident” in relation to an aircraft means an occurrence other than an accident, associated with the operation of the aircraft including;

(a) hard landings or other events where there was potential for serious injury (including near misses);

(b) use of rescue equipment or crews to extricate Pilot and or aircraft from landing site.

Note: Injury - means: any injury including fatal or serious injuries.

(c) Serious Injury - is defined as any injury, other than fatal which: (i) requires hospitalisation for more than 48 hours commencing within 7 days from the date the injuries were received; or (ii) results in the fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes or nose); or (iii) involves lacerations which cause severe haemorrhage, nerve, muscle or tendon damage; or (iv) involves injury to any internal organ; or (v) involves second or third degree burns, or any burns affecting more than five percent of the body surface.

3.2.2 Notification of Accidents Where an accident occurs, the pilot in command, the owner, and or the operator shall each be responsible for ensuring that notification of the accident is reported to the HGFA Operations Manager and the ATSB by phone or email within 72 hours.

http://www.atsb.gov.au/mandatory/asair.aspx

If a pilot witnessing an accident or incident is uncertain as to whether or not the accident or incident has been reported, they should report the accident or incident. It is preferable to receive two accident reports of the same accident than none at all.

A Chief Flying Instructor must notify the Operations Manager of any training accident which occurs under their supervision.

3.2.3 Notification of Incidents Within 72 hours of an incident, the pilot in command, the owner, and the operator (whichever) shall each be responsible for ensuring:

(a) The incident is reported via the HGFA online AIRS system; (See 3.2.5).

(b) The incident is communicated to the Senior Safety Officer of the club controlling the site.

(c) A Chief Flying Instructor must notify the Operations Manager of any training incident which occurs under their supervision.

(d) The incident is reported to the HGFA Operations Manager and the ATSB by phone or email within 72 hours.

http://www.atsb.gov.au/mandatory/asair.aspx

3.2.4 Where a Fatality has Occurred Police must be called as soon as possible and directed to the site of the accident.

Accidents resulting in a fatality must be;

(a) reported immediately and directly to the Operations Manager by phone 0417 644 633, and if the Operations Manager is unavailable, a message must be left with the office providing notification and contact details (03 9336 7155).

(b) reported as soon as possible by email to [email protected] and/or [email protected])

(c) reported as soon as possible by lodgement in the HGFA AIRS online database (See 3.2.5).

Page 30: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Responsibility of Pilots, Clubs, Duty Pilots and Safety Officers. - Accident and Incident Reporting

Reporting via the HGFA Accident / Incident Report System (AIRS)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 30 of 162

The Operations Manager will report to and engage with the Australian Transport Safety Bureau (ATSB) and the

Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA). If the Ops Manager is not available, the ATSB should be notified by the reporting person.

http://www.atsb.gov.au/mandatory/asair.aspx

3.2.4.1 Custody and Removal of Aircraft

When an accident involving death occurs, the aircraft immediately comes into the custody of the ATSB, typically via the local Police.

The aircraft MUST NOT BE REMOVED or otherwise interfered with except with permission from the ATSB.

Note: This provision is waived temporarily when it is necessary to extricate persons from the wreckage or to protect the wreckage from further damage, or to remove it if it presents an obstruction or danger to other aircraft, other transport or to the public.

The aircraft will be released from custody when authorised by the appropriate authority and the HGFA.

3.2.4.2 Investigation of Accidents and Incidents

Investigation of fatal accidents may be conducted by ATSB or other authorities with the assistance of the HGFA Operations Manager.

The HGFA Operations Manager will ensure that a formal investigation of fatal accidents is also conducted by HGFA.

The Senior Safety Officers with the assistance of any Safety Officers will investigate accidents and incidents with the SOLE intention of preventing a similar occurrence.

HGFA Safety Officers and Senior Safety Officers are honorary people putting in extra time to help us all be safer in the air. They are supplied with forms and guidelines to investigate and report on accidents and incidents. Help them to find the cause of any dangerous occurrences, so that by sharing the FACTS all can benefit and operate safely.

In the case of an accident or incident, investigating ATSB and / or Police Officers shall have access to all relevant areas of the accident site, and all relevant HGFA members shall assist them.

3.2.5 Reporting via the HGFA Accident / Incident Report System (AIRS) The process for notification and reporting is as follows;

(a) Log into the the HGFA online database at www.hgfa.asn.au

(b) Click on the “AIRS - Submit Accident/Incident Report” button - You will be prompted to enter in as much information as possible, including:

(i) Factual Information (ii) Pilot Details (iii) Aircraft and Equipment Details (iv) Site and Location Details (v) Weather Conditions (vi) Description (vii) File attachments (eg. photo’s)

If a pilot witnessing an accident or incident is uncertain as to whether or not the accident or incident has been reported, he/she should report the accident or incident. Members can view de-identified accident / incident reports online.

Page 31: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Control of Operations - General Requirements

Aircraft Maintenance and Pre-Flight Inspections

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 31 of 162

4 Control of Operations

4.1 General Requirements Hang glider and paraglider pilots of any type must only fly aircraft models specifically designed to be flown by pilots with their level of experience and for the type of operation being conducted.

HGFA certified pilots may only fly HGFA registered weight shift Microlights and RA-Aus certified pilots may only fly RA-Aus registered weight shift Microlights.

Hang gliders and paragliders of any type (powered or not), must be operated in accordance with the Operations Manual and shall:

(a) Be certified where operations involve passengers or training operations,

(b) When operating at a height in excess of 300 feet above ground level, carry a serviceable altimeter which meets the standards specified within AC 21.46 and: (i) is set to area QNH; (ii) is set to indicate height in feet; and (iii) is easily read by the pilot at all times whilst in flight.

(c) Any ancillary equipment used either in flight, or during the launch or landing phase that directly affects the safety of the

pilot, such as support harnesses, helmets, parachutes, suspension loops, release mechanisms, weak links and the like shall be of a type that is designed, manufactured in accordance with standards accepted by the HGFA (See 9.1 & 9.4 & 9.5), or as specified in the HGFA Towing Procedures Manual (Doc. OTM-05 - See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register).

(d) Always carry a reserve parachute, certified for the number of occupants, when taking part in a HGFA recognised contest.

(e) Always carry a reserve parachute, certified for the number of occupants, when taking part in training flights.

Note: Reserve parachutes must be of appropriate size for the combined weight of the aircraft, harness, pilot and passenger. Additionally, a parachute must be fitted if specified by the manufacturer.

Note: The wearing of a reserve parachute for all operations in excess of 300 feet above ground level, is highly recommended

4.1.1 Aircraft Maintenance and Pre-Flight Inspections Hang gliders and paragliders of any type and weightshift microlights must be operated in accordance with this Operations Manual and shall:

(a) Be subject to a pre-flight inspection (by the prospective pilot in command prior to EACH AND EVERY flight operation) in accordance with the procedures outlined in the aircraft manufacturer’s manual, or if not available then as specified in Pre-flight Inspection Standards, section 9.6.1, and

(b) Be maintained in accordance with the maintenance procedures outlined in the manufacturer’s recommendations, or where the manufacturer’s manual does not include maintenance standards as specified in section 9.6, “Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards”.

4.1.2 Helmets The wearing of a helmet is mandatory for all HGFA student pilots and highly recommended for all pilots, thereafter.

4.1.3 Pilot in Command No person shall act as a pilot-in-command of a hang glider, paraglider of any type, or weightshift microlight unless:

(a) He or she is a current member of the HGFA,

(b) He or she has obtained the pilot certificate and endorsement(s) required for the flying activity intended to be performed,

(c) He or she is medically fit to the standard required for the flying activity intended to be performed, and

(d) Has attained the age of 15 years and where the applicant is under the age of 18 years, written parental consent must be granted.

Page 32: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Control of Operations - General Requirements

Health Standard, General

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 32 of 162

4.1.4 Health Standard, General For issue and renewal of all Pilot Certificates, a standard of health equivalent to that required for the issue of a private motor vehicle driver licence in Australia, is required.

4.1.5 Health Standard, Specific to Instructional Operations The pilot or applicant must:

(a) Hold and provide a signed statement from a General Practitioner (GP) who has undertaken a medical examination of the pilot or applicant, in conjunction with the use of the HGFA form INS-12 (HGFA Instructor Medical Examination - See 1.3 Operational Documents Register), indicating that the pilot is fit to the standards as specified within INS-12 and therefore, for operations with students. or;

(b) Hold and provide a current, equivalent or higher, Aviation Medical Certificate from the CASA or an alternate RAO, and therefore, is fit for operations with students. and;

(c) Provide a copy of the completed INS-12 form or equivalent certificate, to the HGFA office, when required or requested.

4.1.5.1 Failure to Meet Health Standard (a) It is the responsibility of all members holding a pilot certificate to report to the HGFA any change in their health status which

would cause them to be below the minimum health standard required for that certificate or endorsement.

(b) Where the health standard of a member falls below the minimum required, the HGFA Operations Manager may suspend or cancel the members HGFA Pilot Certificate(s), after due consideration to the nature, severity and term of the illness, incapacity or disability.

4.1.5.2 Alcohol and Drugs

Pilots must not be under the influence of any alcohol, drugs or other intoxicating substances whilst in control of an aircraft, administering, or carrying out any aviation related task or duty. e.g. conducting maintenance on an aircraft or performing the role of a duty pilot etc, in accordance with the HGFA Drug and Alcohol policy.

Pilots must not consume any alcohol, drugs or other intoxicating substance within EIGHT (8) hours immediately prior to flying a hang glider or paraglider. A pilot must never have a blood alcohol content of more than 0.02 or be under the influence of illicit drugs, whilst in control of an aircraft or carrying out other aviation related tasks or duties.

Note: Prescription drugs which do not cause drowsiness or impair judgement in any way are exempted.

4.1.6 Provision of Pilot Instruction No person shall give either ground or flight instruction unless:

(a) They are at least 18 years old,

(b) They are the holder of a current Instructor Certificate issued by the HGFA that is valid for the level of instruction being given and valid for the type of aircraft being used and they conduct the instruction under the supervision of a CFI, or

(c) They hold a Chief Flight Instructor certificate, or

(d) They are approved by the Operations Manager.

(e) They are approved by the Executive Committee of a HGFA Affiliated Club to operate from Club sites.

4.1.7 Carriage of Passengers HGFA pilots shall not carry passengers in any aircraft under HGFA oversight unless:

(a) He or she is the holder of a valid Tandem endorsement for the aircraft type issued by HGFA; and

(b) The aircraft is certified to carry the combined weight of the pilot and passenger and for the type of launch and landing operation being operated;

(c) The aircraft is certified by an Engineer or Type Certified, as defined in Aircraft Design / Construction (Passenger), sections 9.1 & 9.3;

Page 33: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Control of Operations - General Requirements

VHF Radio Operator Endorsement

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 33 of 162

(d) The aircraft used has been maintained in accordance with any requirements of this Operations Manual, see Section 9.6 “Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards”,

(e) The aircraft used has been maintained in accordance with the requirements of its manufacturer’s schedule; and

(f) Where the passenger is under 18 years of age, written parental / guardian consent is granted.

4.1.7.1 Instructional Carriage of Passengers

Passengers shall not be carried for hire or reward unless the flight is for bona fide instructional purposes. In this instance the pilot in command must be the holder of an appropriate instructor certificate and the flight conducted by an HGFA approved flight training facility, the passenger must be a current member of the HGFA, have signed a HGFA Waiver and be a minimum of 10 years of age (with parental consent) and if the passenger is under 18 years of age, the Instructor must comply with the HGFA Member Protection Policy and hold a current Working With Children’s Check in accordance with the relevant legal requirements for each state where that activity is undertaken.

4.1.8 VHF Radio Operator Endorsement No HGFA Pilot Certificate holder shall operate aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment unless he or she has been issued with an appropriate endorsement or is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately qualified person for the purpose of gaining a radio operator endorsement.

4.1.9 Cross Country Operations (HG/PG/PPG/WM) No pilot certificate holder shall act as pilot in command of a hang glider, paraglider, powered paraglider or weightshift microlight at a distance greater than 25 nautical miles from the point at which the aircraft was initially launched unless:

(a) They are the holder of a valid Advanced Pilot Certificate, or

(b) They are the holder of a valid PPG/WM Cross Country Endorsement,

(c) The flight is conducted within a designated flight training or competition area, or

(d) The proposed flight is approved in advance by a HGFA CFI.

4.1.10 Air Displays (HG/PG/PPG/WM) Pilots must hold an Advanced Pilot Certificate with the relevant endorsements, Powered Paragliding or WM Pilot Certificate and gain the written recommendation of the HGFA Operations Manager before being permitted to fly in public displays.

Air displays require the written approval of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority – written application for approval must be made not less than twenty-eight days prior to the proposed display.

4.1.11 Parachute Descents Parachute descents, other than necessary emergency descents shall only be made in a manner approved by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. CAR 152 Note: The Operational Regulations of the Australian Parachute Federation contain the written specification for sport parachute descents made by APF members.

Page 34: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Control of Operations - Sites

Log Book Requirements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 34 of 162

4.1.12 Log Book Requirements Each member of the HGFA (other than non-flying members) shall keep a personal logbook. The personal logbook shall contain the following particulars:

(a) full name, address and date of birth of the member;

(b) a record of pilot qualifications; and

(c) a record of the flights of the member.

Flight information shall include:

(d) date and duration of flight;

(e) if under instruction, state dual or solo, the nature of the flight training and the specify the name of the Pilot in Command and the name of the instructor providing the training with entries being signed by both instructor and student;

(f) particulars of the aircraft flown;

(g) aircraft registration number (if applicable); and

(h) route flown (departure and destination).

Note: HGFA log books which allow members to record details that satisfy these requirements are available from the HGFA Office.

Other forms of log book that allow a record of information equivalent in detail to that shown in the HGFA Log book, are acceptable.

4.2 Sites

4.2.1 Land Owner Rights and Pilot Responsibilities Operations on or over private or public property must be conducted with due regard to the rights of the landowner.

Hang Gliding, Paragliding, Powered Paragliding and Weight-shift Microlight operations rely on the good will of landowners. When out landing, pilots should endeavour to contact the land owner to explain their situation and thank the land owner for use of their property; refrain from having retrieve vehicles drive across paddocks; and walk from the paddock taking care to leave fences, gates and any other property as you found them.

4.2.2 Operations within Vicinity of a Non-Controlled Aerodrome. If operating within the vicinity of a non-controlled aerodrome, carriage and use of an airband VHF radio is required in accordance with the established protocols or the aerodromes requirements. Not all non-controlled aerodromes require VHF radio use.

Within the vicinity means:

(a) airspace, other than controlled airspace, and

(b) a horizontal distance of 10 NM from the aerodrome (reference point), and

(c) a height above the aerodrome (reference point) that could result in conflict with operations at the aerodrome.

For more information, refer to Civil Aviation Regulation (CAR) 166. Visit www.casa.gov.au.

4.2.3 Hang Gliding and Paragliding Sites A Duty Pilot shall be elected from those Pilot Certificate holders present:

(a) Where the Operations Manager or HGFA Affiliated Club SSO is of the view that the conditions of a site are such as to require a Duty pilot; or

(b) When Supervised pilot Certificate holders of any type are operating; or where “mixed operations” are being conducted.

The Duty Pilot will wear a designated badge, armband or t-shirt for easy identification.

Page 35: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Control of Operations - Sites

Weightshift Microlight Operations

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 35 of 162

The Duty Pilot will have the authority to control, direct and coordinate operations to ensure that they are conducted in accordance with Civil Aviation Regulations as amended from time to time, this manual, and in accordance with any conditions set by the owner of the site.

Where aircraft or aeronautical operations other than hang gliding and/or paragliding of any type are being conducted from the flying site then the HGFA Duty Pilot shall co-ordinate with the other duty officers to ensure that all operations are conducted in a safe and orderly manner and:

(c) Only appropriately certificated or endorsed pilots may fly from the site.

(d) Pilots shall obey all directions and instructions given by a Duty Pilot or Safety Officer, including grounding of pilots and / or aircraft if directed.

(e) When operating at a flying site where a Duty Pilot is appointed, that is not their home site, pilots must report to the Duty Pilot prior to undertaking any operations, or further operations, from that site.

(f) Visiting pilots MUST ensure they are properly briefed on local requirements and conditions. Proof of HGFA membership, Log books, (VHF endorsement and radio operations if required) should be produced on request by an Instructor, Safety Officer, or Duty Pilot of the HGFA.

(g) If it is intended to fly cross country it is recommended that a detailed flight note be left with a responsible person stating the intended direction of flight, destination and intended time of return.

(h) It is recommended that the flight note contains the phone numbers of the RCC and ATSB.

(i) It is highly recommended that pilots carry a current personal satellite GPS messenger device or a current Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) or a current Personal Location Beacon (PLB).

(j) The Australian Maritime Safety Authority has developed and maintains guidelines for aviation search and rescue. For more information, visit www.amsa.gov.au

(k) Hang glider and paraglider pilots should be aware that when operating at airfields and in joint operations with sailplanes, ultralights and weightshift microlights that additional operating requirements can apply. Consult the Duty Pilot or Safety Officer controlling operations for details.

4.2.4 Weightshift Microlight Operations (a) Where weightshift microlights are operating without radio carriage and are used from a flying field where VHF carriage and

use is not mandatory, a Duty Pilot must be elected from those Pilot Certificate holders present.

(b) The Duty Pilot will have the authority to control and direct operations that are not conducted in accordance with Civil Aviation Orders, Civil Aviation Regulations as amended from time to time, this manual and any conditions set down by the owner of the field.

Note: For further information on the nomination and responsibilities of Duty Pilots, refer to section 3.1.3.

(c) Where aircraft or aeronautical operations other than hang gliding or paragliding of any type, or weightshift microlighting are being conducted from the flying field then the weightshift microlight Duty Pilot shall co-ordinate with the other duty officers to ensure that all operations are conducted in a safe and orderly manner.

(d) Where aircraft operations are operating from a field that is a training field, the Chief Flying Instructor of the Training Facility will have the authority to control and direct weightshift microlighting operations.

(e) Flying is to be conducted only during daylight hours and in Visual Meteorological Conditions (VMC).

(f) Only appropriately registered aircraft are to be operated from the field.

(g) Only appropriately certificated or licensed pilots may fly aircraft from the field.

(h) Pilots shall obey all directions and instructions given by a Chief Flight Instructor or Duty Pilot, including grounding of pilots and/or aircraft if directed.

(i) When operating at a flying field that is not their home field, pilots must report to the Chief Flying Instructor or Duty Pilot prior to undertaking any operations, or further operations, from that field.

Note: Visiting pilots MUST ensure they are properly briefed on local requirements and conditions. Proof of HGFA membership, and Log books must be produced by the visiting pilot on request by an Instructor, Safety Officer or Duty Pilot of HGFA.

(j) Assemble and inspect all aircraft well clear of runways, taxiways and or other areas where aircraft are being moved under their own power.

(k) All vehicles shall be kept clear of aircraft, particularly those aircraft being refuelled or moving under their own power.

Page 36: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Control of Operations - Sites

Weightshift Microlight Operations

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 36 of 162

(l) Engines must NOT be started in any location that could present a danger to any persons or property.

(m) Before starting the engine, the aircraft must be in an operational area and precaution must be taken to ensure that the propeller blast will not endanger any person or aircraft.

(n) Prior to starting an engine a visual check and the call “CLEAR PROP” must be made in a loud clear voice.

(o) Weightshift microlights with engines operating shall not be left unattended at any time and engines must not be started without an appropriately certificated pilot at the controls.

(p) Pilots must ensure that members of the public and people not directly associated with the operation of a weightshift microlight are advised of the danger and not permitted near the aircraft whilst the engine is running.

(q) When ground testing and running-up aircraft engines, wheels must be adequately chocked and the aircraft tied down, as required.

(r) The aircraft should be correctly parked after flight. Ignition off, controls locked, wheels chocked and clear of active areas. Tie down as appropriate.

(s) Pilots must not consume any alcohol, drugs or other intoxicating substance within EIGHT (8) hours immediately prior to flying a weightshift microlight. The consumption of liquor on the flying site is not permitted.

(t) A pilot must never have a blood alcohol content of more than 0.02 or be under the influence of illicit drugs, whilst in control of an aircraft or carrying out other aviation related tasks or duties.

Note: Prescription drugs which do not cause drowsiness or impair judgement in any way are exempted.

(u) NO SMOKING or NAKED FLAMES are permitted within 15 metres of any aircraft or aircraft refuelling point.

(v) refuelling inside hangars is not permitted.

(w) Adequate fire fighting equipment must be in an operational area and on hand during all refuelling operations.

4.2.4.1 Taxiing and Taking Off

Aircraft must be taxied slowly. Fast taxi speeds reduce safety response times and can cause ground controllability issues, particularly in gusty conditions. Fast taxi speed also causes excessive wear on airframe components.

When moving in to the “movement area” any aircraft must give way to aircraft which are landing or taking off and shall conform to the rules regarding “right of way” (the same as in the air).

Aircraft should be taxied to the take-off end of the strip and STOP at right angles to the strip so that the pilot can observe all traffic in the circuit.

Immediately before take-off a pilot must conduct a pre-take-off check in accordance with the aircraft manufactures operators manual or otherwise appropriate for the aircraft type.

4.2.4.2 Fuel Quantity

It is critical that fuel quantity be checked as being sufficient for the proposed flight, including an adequate safety margin. It is recommended that tank is topped up prior to each flight as changing conditions, eg., an unexpected head-wind may increase the expected consumption.

4.2.4.3 Turning after Take-off

During initial climb-out, the turn onto crosswind should be made appropriate to the performance of the aircraft, but in any case not less than 500 FT above terrain so as to be at circuit height when turning onto downwind.

When departing from the aerodrome circuit area, aircraft should depart by extending one of the standard circuit legs.

However, an aircraft should not execute a turn opposite to the circuit direction unless the aircraft is well outside the circuit area and no traffic conflict exists. This is required to be at least 3 NM and no less than 1,500ft from the departure end of the runway. The distance may be less for aircraft with high climb performance. The distance should be based on pilots being aware of traffic and the ability of the aircraft to climb above and clear of the circuit area.

Note: Pilots of departing aircraft should be aware of traffic intending to join the circuit by the recommended overfly procedure as they can be 2000 FT or higher above aerodrome elevation.

Page 37: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Control of Operations - Sites

Weightshift Microlight Operations

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 37 of 162

4.2.4.4 Circuits

An increasing number of approvals are being gained for hang gliding and paragliding operations in the vicinity of airports and airfields and therefore more pilots are involved in joint operations with GA aircraft, ultralights and weightshift microlights (known as “mixed” operations). It is therefore important that all pilots understand the circuit procedures used by powered aircraft.

Left Handed Circuits

A standard left-handed circuit is to be observed unless impractical or otherwise specified in ERSA.

Aircraft may join the circuit pattern upwind, crosswind, downwind or on base leg as the case may be. A straight-in approach may also be carried out in accordance with CAR 166B.

The height at which aircraft join the circuit depends on the type of operations and local operational procedures.

CAAP 166-1 requires aircraft of differing performance to fly at different circuit heights above airfield elevation as per the table below.

Type of aircraft Standard circuit speed range Standard circuit height

High performance (includes jets and many turboprop aircraft

Above approx. 150Knots 1,500ft above aerodrome elevation

Medium performance (includes most piston engine aircraft )

Between 55 and 150 knots 1,000 ft above aerodrome elevation

Low performance. Approximately 55 knots maximum

500 ft above aerodrome elevation

Figure 2: Standard Left Hand Circuits

CAAP 166-1 defines circuit procedures at non-controlled (CTAF) aerodromes , but these circuit procedures are considered standard practice for any landing area.

Weightshift microlights must conform with the standard circuit procedures set down, flying the circuit no lower than 500’ AGL.

Special procedures for airports are published in ERSA (Enroute Supplement Australia) or can be determined by telephoning the Aerodrome operator prior to operating at, or flying into the airfield.

Page 38: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Control of Operations - Sites

Weightshift Microlight Operations

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 38 of 162

When mixed operations are being conducted a Duty Pilot should be nominated and specific procedures determined to ensure no conflict between aircraft.

To minimise the likelihood of conflict, it is recommended that hang gliders and paragliders approach the airport above circuit height (at least 2000’ AGL), lose altitude on the “dead” side, and fly the “standard” circuit direction below and inside the general aviation circuit. Gliders should then land on the verge of the runway on the circuit side, thus never crossing low over the runway.

NOTE: The “dead” side is the side of the runway which is not being used by powered aircraft in circuit, i.e. the side opposite the circuit area. Powered aircraft may use this side of the runway to lose altitude prior to joining circuit.

No aircraft may land, unless the runway is clear of other aircraft. After landing move clear of the runway as soon as possible. The “runway” includes the area inside the white gable markers surrounding the runway strip. If a hang glider has to land, it has right of way. However the intent should be made clear to other aircraft at the aerodrome.

After landing adjacent to the runway, the glider pilot must move the glider from the runway strip as soon as practicable, i.e. outside the boundary formed by the gable markers.

4.2.4.5 Ground Marshalling Directions

Start Engine

• Left hand pointing to specific aircraft.

• Right hand moving in a circular motion at head level.

Turns

• Arm pointing to the direction of turn.

• Other hand moved up and back.

• Speed of movement shows rate of turn.

Page 39: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Control of Operations - Sites

Weightshift Microlight Operations

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 39 of 162

Stop

• Arms repeatedly crossed above head.

• The rapidity of the arm movement shows the urgency of stop!

Move Ahead

• Arms a little to one side moved repeatedly upwards and backwards.

Slow Down

• Arms down close to side moved up and down several times.

Cut Engine

• Hand level with shoulder.

• Hand moved sideways across the throat.

4.2.4.6 Registration of Weightshift Microlights

Weightshift microlights must be operated in accordance with this manual and are required to:

(a) have a current HGFA Registration Certificate (The period of validity is 2 years and is subject to the satisfactory completion of the relevant Airworthiness Inspection as stipulated in section 9.7.7.1); and

(b) display HGFA registration markings.

4.2.4.7 Aircraft Registration Markings

Weightshift microlights registered with the HGFA under CAO 95.32 have the prefix T2 followed by a hyphen and the registered number; e.g. T2-2512.

Weightshift microlights registered with the HGFA under CAO 95.10 have the prefix T1 followed by a hyphen and the registered number; e.g. T1-2123.

The registration numbers allocated on the registration certificate shall be displayed as follows:

(a) Location of Marks: Registration marks shall be affixed to the undersurface of the port wing midway between the keel and the wing tip and midway between the leading and trailing edges of the sail with the base of the numerals towards the trailing edge. The line made by the base of the numerals shall be parallel to the leading edge.

(b) Measurement of Markings: (i) The letters in each group shall be of equal height; (ii) The width of each letter (except the letter 1) and the length of the hyphen shall be two-thirds of the height of the letter;

Page 40: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Control of Operations - Sites

Identification of Powered Paragliders & Powered Hang Gliders.

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 40 of 162

(iii) The letters and hyphens are to be formed by solid lines the thickness of which shall be one sixth of the height of a letter and which shall be of a colour contrasting clearly with the background;

(iv) Each letter shall be separated from that which it immediately preceded or immediately follows by a space not less than one quarter of the width of the letter (including the hyphen); and

(v) The heights of the marks on the wings shall be at least 300 millimetres. (vi) To ensure uniformity, the numbers must be sourced from the HGFA.

4.2.4.8 Instrumentation – Weightshift Microlights

Weightshift microlights shall:

(a) Carry a serviceable altimeter which complies with the standards specified within AC 21.46 and: (i) is set to area QNH; (ii) is set to indicate height in feet; and (iii) is easily read by the pilot at all times whilst in flight; and

(b) Be fitted with a serviceable airspeed indicator which can be easily read by the pilot at all times whilst in flight; and

(c) If the microlight is to be flown on a cross country flight (>50 miles).:

(d) Be fitted with a compass; and

(e) The pilot must carry an accurate timepiece;

(f) If operating under CAO 95.10, carry a current personal satellite GPS messenger device or a current Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) or a current Personal Location Beacon (PLB), or an approved ELT, or an approved portable ELT, as defined in regulation 252A.

(g) If operating under CAO 95.32, carry an approved ELT, or an approved portable ELT, as defined in CAR 252A.

Notes:

Some weightshift microlights may be required, as part of aircraft type certification, to be fitted with other aircraft instrumentation such as an engine hour meter.

Aircraft flying within the vicinity of certain aerodromes or CTA require an airband radio, instrumentation and the pilot endorsement to use it. In some cases this instrumentation, including a transponder is required to have checks of those instruments in accordance with CAO 100.5 requirements. For more information, see OPS-6.3.8.5 “Radio Operator Endorsement (WM)"

4.2.5 Identification of Powered Paragliders & Powered Hang Gliders. The owner of a powered hang glider or powered paraglider is required to prominently display the last 4 numerals of their HGFA number on the underside of the wing, or on a vertical surface on both sides of the harness or wheelbase, as follows:

(a) If the numerals are displayed on the harness or wheelbase, they must be clearly visible when standing at 90 degrees to the direction of travel.

(b) Each numeral is to be Western Arabic and have a hi-contrast background that allows for the markings to be clearly visible from a distance of no less than 100 meters.

(c) If on the wing, each numeral must be a minimum of 150mm in height and 80mm width.

(d) If on the harness or wheelbase, each numeral must be a minimum of 70mm in height and 30mm width, or where space is not available, the height to be as large as practicable.

(e) The numbers must be maintained and are to remain legible at all times during flight.

(f) The seller is required to remove the numbers upon selling the wing, harness or wheelbase.

(g) The purchaser of a new or 2nd hand wing, harness or wheelbase is required to place the last 4 digits of their HGFA number upon the craft, prior to any use of the craft.

Page 41: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Control of Operations - Sites

Wheelbased Powered Paragliders over 70 KG (Empty Weight).

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 41 of 162

4.2.6 Wheelbased Powered Paragliders over 70 KG (Empty Weight). All craft over the 70KG empty weight as stipulated in CAO 95.08, must be registered under CAO 95.10 or CAO 95.32.

They will be required to display allocated registration numbers. As such, these craft will be exempt from the identification requirements stipulated in 4.2.5

Page 42: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual HGFA Flight Rules - General

Acrobatic Flight

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 42 of 162

5 HGFA Flight Rules

5.1 General

5.1.1 Acrobatic Flight An aircraft shall not be flown in acrobatic flight of a particular kind unless the flight manual and the relevant regulation for the aircraft specifies that the aircraft may perform that type of acrobatic flight.

Acrobatic flight is not to be performed over a built up areas. Pilots undertaking acrobatic manoeuvres must maintain adequate clearances from all other airspace or to persons on the ground not associate with the operation of the aircraft.

5.1.2 Dropping of Articles Nothing may be dropped from a hang glider, paraglider, powered-paraglider or weightshift microlight in flight, except:

(a) ballast in the form of water or fine sand;

(b) with the written approval of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority, ropes and cables with the appropriate fittings used in launching; and

(c) components designed to be jettisoned in flight, such as drag parachutes or jettisonable wheels; or

(d) other items with the written approval of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority.

5.1.3 Flying over Public Gatherings Except with the permission, in writing, of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority and in accordance with the conditions specified in the permit, an aircraft shall not be flown over any regatta, race meeting or public gathering unless passing from place to place in the ordinary course of navigation.

5.1.4 Low Flying (Under CAO 95.8) Aircraft under CAO 95.8 must not be flown:

(a) “over any closely-settled area — below 1 000 feet above terrain, or the lowest height from which the hang-glider or paraglider could land without power outside the closely-settled area, whichever is the higher, except that during the launching and landing phase of flight only the requirement to be able to land clear of a closely-settled area applies”, or

(b) “during the launching or landing phase of a flight — unless the aircraft can be launched or landed without endangering the safety of persons unrelated to the launching or landing or damaging unrelated property, and no closer than the distances specified in section 5.1.4.1 and 5.1.4.2

Note: Aircraft under CAO 95.10 / 95.32 shall observe the minimum heights established by those CAO’s.

5.1.4.1 HG/PG (Non-powered) Heights & Distances / Launching / Landing

A non-powered HGFA aircraft (under CAO 95.8) shall not be flown at a height lower than 100 feet within a horizontal distance of 25 metres from:

(a) public roads,

(b) a dwelling except with the permission of the occupier, and

(c) persons not directly associated, except during launching / landing phases,

Unless,

(d) the flying site has been given an exemption to these heights and or distances by the HGFA Operations Manager in writing.

Page 43: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual HGFA Flight Rules - General

Negligent Operation

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 43 of 162

Launch / Landing Phases

Operation closer than a horizontal distance of 25 metres from persons other than those persons directly associated with the operation of hang gliders or paragliders is permitted provided those other persons are behind a line passing through the launch or landing point at right angles to the intended direction of flight.

5.1.4.2 Operations of Powered Paragliders & Powered Hang Gliders (PPG & PHG)

(a) PPG or PHG may only be flown at a height of less than 300 feet above ground level, if: (i) the aircraft is in the course of taking off or landing; or (ii) the aircraft is flying over land that is owned by, or under the control of, the pilot; or (iii) the owner or occupier of the land (including the Crown), or an agent or employee of the owner or occupier, has given permission for

the flight or flights to take place; or (iv) the pilot of the aircraft is engaged in flight training and the craft is flying over a flight training area, over which the HGFA has been

authorised for low flying.

(b) Subject to 5.1.4.2(a), a PPG or PHG can be flown at a height lower than 300 feet above ground level, but must be at a distance of at least 25 metres horizontally from:

(i) a public building (except with the permission, in writing, of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority and in accordance with the conditions specified in the permit,

(ii) a dwelling (except with the permission of the occupier), (iii) persons not directly associated, except during launching / landing phases.

(c) Launch Phases: Operation closer than a horizontal distance of 25 metres from persons other than those persons directly

associated with the operation of PPG or PHG is permitted provided those other persons are behind a line passing through the wing, at right angles to the direction of flight or intended direction of flight.

5.1.5 Negligent Operation Hang gliders and paragliders of any type, powered-paragliders and weightshift microlights shall not be operated:

(a) in a reckless or negligent manner so as to endanger the life or property of others;

(b) in such a manner, or in such circumstances as is or likely to cause avoidable danger to any person or property (including animals) on land or water or in the air.

(c) in such a manner so as to cause public annoyance and complaint regarding noise. Pilots must respect the public right to peace and quiet.

Page 44: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual HGFA Flight Rules - General

No-Fly Areas

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 44 of 162

5.1.6 No-Fly Areas Except with the permission, in writing, of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority and in accordance with the conditions specified in the Pilot’s certification, a hang glider, paraglider, powered paraglider or weightshift microlight shall not be flown:

(a) within controlled airspace.

(b) within the vicinity of a non-controlled aerodrome without meeting the relevant CAR requirements; for example, CAR166, “Carriage and Use of Aircraft Radio”,

(c) within an area designated by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority or the HGFA Operations Manager as an area where the operation of HGFA aircraft would constitute a hazard to other aircraft,

(d) within an area that has been designated as a prohibited or restricted area at such times as any such prohibited or restricted area is active,

(e) Within eight kilometres of a military airfield.

Details of controlled airspace and restricted areas are contained in the En-Route Supplement Australia (ERSA), available from Air Services Australia.

Stay current by visiting www.airservicesaustralia.com

5.1.7 Towing of Articles Nothing may be towed behind an aircraft in flight except with the written approval of the Civil Aviation Safety Authority including:

(a) ropes and cables with the appropriate fittings used in launching; and

(b) other items.

5.1.8 Visual Flight Rules Hang gliders and paragliders of any type, powered-paragliders and weightshift microlights shall be flown under Visual Flight Rules (VFR) at all times, that is:

(a) with constant visual reference to the ground or water when within 3,000 feet of the surface; and

(b) in circumstances where the flight visibility is at least 5,000 metres and the aircraft’s distance from cloud is greater than 1,500 metres horizontally and 1,000 feet vertically above or below cloud.

Visual Flight Rules for operation below 3,000 feet AMSL or 1,000 feet above terrain (whichever is the greater) allow for operation clear of cloud PROVIDED a VHF radio for communication on the applicable CTAF or area frequency is both carried and used. If such a radio is not carried then the limits specified in section 5.1.8 (b) apply.

Visual Flight Rules for operations above 10,000 feet require visibility of at least 8,000 metres forward and 1500 metres left , right and behind, and allow operations no closer vertically than 1,000 feet above or below cloud.

5.1.9 >10,000 Feet Above Mean Sea Level 5.1.9.1 Hang Gliders and Paragliders

No hang glider, paraglider or powered paraglider shall be flown at a height above 10,000 feet above mean sea level except where the pilot:

(a) Is not limited by controlled airspace;

(b) has an Oxygen Endorsement;

(c) is carrying and using an approved oxygen supply system, or

(d) is given written permission by CASA.

5.1.9.2 Weightshift Microlights

CAO 95.10 / 95.32 Aircraft may only fly above 10,000 feet AMSL with written permission from CASA.

Page 45: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual HGFA Flight Rules - Rules of the Air

Take Off Rules

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 45 of 162

5.2 Rules of the Air

5.2.1 Take Off Rules An aircraft which is about to take off shall not do so until there is no apparent risk of collision with other aircraft. An aircraft taxying must give way to aircraft established on final.

The same principle applies to taking off from ridge site launches. Aircraft shall not;

(a) launch into the path of oncoming aircraft, nor

(b) raise their wing into that airspace, nor

(c) launch into ridge-soaring airspace which would then become crowded and force other pilots out of the airspace.

5.2.2 Give Way Rules HGFA aircraft must not pass over or under, or cross in front of other aircraft, unless vertical separation detailed in Section 5.2.3 can be maintained.

Give way to other aircraft on your right. Power driven aircraft are required to give way to gliders, balloons and aircraft that are seen to be towing other aircraft or objects.

5.2.3 Operation in Proximity to other Aircraft Pilots shall maintain a good lookout at all times.

Avoid abrupt changes in direction and speed when other aircraft are present.

Exercise care where other aircraft are displaying a red streamer indicating that the pilot in command holds a Supervised Pilot Certificate of any type.

“An aircraft shall not be flown so close to another aircraft as to create a collision hazard.”

The following distances from other aircraft are suggested minimum for separations for HGFA Piloted aircraft where there is no prior arrangement to fly closer.

5.2.3.1 Remain clear of: (a) Soaring hang gliders and paragliders of any type by at least 20 metres horizontally and 25 feet vertically;

(b) powered hang gliders and paragliders by at least 20 metres horizontally and 25 feet vertically;

(c) weightshift microlights, and tug aeroplanes towing hang gliders by at least 30 metres horizontally and 100 feet vertically;

(d) sailplanes and from tug aeroplanes towing sailplanes by at least 60 metres horizontally and 200 feet vertically; and

(e) other aircraft by at least 600 metres horizontally and 500 feet vertically.

5.2.4 Collision Avoidance

Page 46: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual HGFA Flight Rules - Civil Aviation Safety Authority – Regulations

Overtaking Rule

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 46 of 162

When two aircraft approach HEAD ON, or nearly so, both shall alter course to the RIGHT.

5.2.4.1 Ridge Soaring

When approaching head on along a ridge the hang glider, paraglider or sailplane with its right wing towards the ridge shall have right of way. The aircraft that has the ridge to its left shall give way by turning away from the ridge.

Golden rule: “Ridge on the right, has right of way.”

5.2.4.2 Thermalling

When joining a thermal the pilot in command must turn in the same direction as any hang glider, paraglider or sailplane already circling.

When thermalling the pilot in command must give way to the hang gliders and paragliders that are climbing up from BELOW.

BE AWARE THAT THE RULES OF THE AIR FOR PILOTS OPERATING SAILPLANES REQUIRES THAT THEY GIVE WAY TO SAILPLANES ABOVE THEM IN THERMALS.

Note: Take extra caution when operating in the same thermal as a sailplane. Remember that the wing restricts the UPWARD vision of a hang

glider or paraglider pilot, and that in many sailplanes the wing restricts the DOWNWARD vision of a sailplane pilot.

5.2.5 Overtaking Rule When overtaking another aircraft, the slower aircraft has right of way.

A hang glider or paraglider engaged in ridge soaring shall overtake by passing between the ridge and the other aircraft. Other than when ridge soaring the OVERTAKING aircraft shall alter course to the RIGHT.

5.2.6 Landing Rule When two or more aircraft are approaching to land, the one AHEAD has the PRIORITY.

5.3 Civil Aviation Safety Authority – Regulations All flying activities in Australia are regulated by CASA under the Civil Aviation Act 1988 and pursuant to the Civil Aviation Regulations (CAR 1988) and the Civil Aviation Safety Regulations (CASR 1998).

Three Civil Aviation Orders (CAO’s) provide the exemptions from specific sections of the CARs / CASRs for hang gliding, paragliding and microlight operations.

HGFA Pilots operate under one or more of the following CAO’s:

(a) CAO 95.8 – “Hang gliders” (which includes Paragliders),

(b) CAO 95.10 – “Low-Momentum Ultralight Aeroplanes”, and or

(c) CAO 95.32 – “Weightshift controlled aeroplanes and Powered Parachutes”

These CAO’s establish:

(d) The aircraft class applicable to that CAO;

(e) The specific exclusions from the CARs applicable to that CAO;

(f) Registration of aircraft;

(g) General conditions, and;

(h) Flight conditions;

These CAO’s are updated and or changed from time to time by CASA.

HGFA Pilots MUST remain current and familiar with;

(i) their applicable CAO, and

Page 47: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual HGFA Flight Rules - Civil Aviation Safety Authority – Regulations

Civil Aviation Order 95.8

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 47 of 162

(j) releveant legislation eg. CAR 166 “Operations in the Vicinity of Non-Controlled Aerodromes”

5.3.1 Civil Aviation Order 95.8 CAO 95.8 is the exemption from the CAR under which the following list of (under 70Kg) aircraft types are flown.

(a) a hang-glider; or

(b) a powered hang-glider; or

(c) a paraglider; or

(d) a powered paraglider.

Relevant HGFA Pilots MUST remain familiar with CAO 95.8 and any future revisions thereof.

Failure to comply with this Civil Aviation Order is a breach of Federal Law and can attract significant penalties.

Stay current by visiting www.casa.gov.au

5.3.2 Civil Aviation Order 95.10 Relevant HGFA Pilots MUST remain familiar with CAO 95.10 and any future revisions thereof.

Failure to comply with this Civil Aviation Order is a breach of Federal Law and can attract significant penalties.

Stay current by visiting www.casa.gov.au

5.3.3 Civil Aviation Order 95.32 Relevant HGFA Pilots MUST remain familiar with CAO 95.32 and any future revisions thereof.

Failure to comply with this Civil Aviation Order is a breach of Federal Law and can attract significant penalties.

Stay current by visiting www.casa.gov.au

5.3.4 CAR 166 “Operations in the Vicinity of Non-Controlled Aerodromes” – All Aircraft

All Pilots must familiarise themselves with the aerodromes in their flying area and or planned route.

CAR 166 defines the requirements of flying within the vicinity of these aerodromes.

If a Pilot enters the vicinity, he or she must:

(a) carry, use and be licensed, certified or endorsed to use an aeronautical frequency VHF radio.

(See 4.1.8 “VHF Radio Operator Endorsement”)

(b) Have familiarised themself with relevant aerodrome information, check ERSA.

(c) Observe and adopt correct standard traffic circuit procedures.

5.3.4.1 In the Vicinity

In the vicinity [CAR 166]: An aircraft is in the vicinity of a non-controlled aerodrome if it is within:

(a) airspace other than controlled airspace; and

(b) a horizontal distance of 10 NM from the aerodrome; and

(c) a height above the aerodrome that could result in conflict with operations at the aerodrome.

5.3.4.2 Carriage and Use of Aircraft Radio

Page 48: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual HGFA Flight Rules - Civil Aviation Safety Authority – Regulations

CAR 166 “Operations in the Vicinity of Non-Controlled Aerodromes” – All Aircraft

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 48 of 162

The CASA and the Australian Communications Authority have approved the following criteria when operating aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment in conjunction with HGFA aircraft.

5.3.4.3 Radio Usage

A radio operated on an aeronautical VHF frequency must be used in accordance with standard aeronautical procedures.

Callsigns - Hang Gliders and Paragliders (including Motorised)

Where a radio is used on a hang glider or paraglider of any type, the call-sign to be used is HG / PG (broadcast as the words “hang glider” or “paraglider”) followed by the last four digits of the pilot’s HGFA Membership Number.

For example a hang glider pilot with HGFA membership number 12345 would use the call sign:

“Hang Glider 2345”

Callsigns - Weightshift Microlights

Where a radio is used on a HGFA registered weightshift microlight, the call sign to be used is Microlight followed by the last four digits of the HGFA registration number.

For example when operating a weightshift microlight with the registration number T2-2512, the call sign would be:

“Microlight 2512”

Page 49: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Requirements to be a HGFA Pilot

Hang Gliding and Paragliding

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 49 of 162

6 Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings

6.1 Requirements to be a HGFA Pilot

HG PG PPG WSM

Application Form

Visit www.hgfa.asn.au

Medical Standards

Make a declaration on the appropriate application form that his or her health complies with this manual, driver’s license health standard or better.

Age Have attained the age of 15 years and where the applicant is under the age of 18 years, written parental consent must be granted.

Current Member of the HGFA

Must be either a Full Member, Visiting Pilot Member or a Trainee Member of the HGFA.

Holder of a Current Certificate

A Pilot must hold one or more HGFA Pilot certificates.

Language Competently able to understand and carry out instructions given in the English language.

6.2 Issue and Renewal of Certificates - Summary

6.2.1 Hang Gliding and Paragliding The requirements are summarised in the table below.

Requirement Student Supervised Intermediate Advanced

Pre-Requisite Qualification

None Student Supervised Intermediate

Medical Standard See section 4.1.4, “Health Standard, General”

Flight Skill Test None Yes Yes Yes

Aeronautical Knowledge Test

None Yes Yes Yes

HGFA Membership Instructional or Full Full Full Full

Aeronautical Experience None Minimum of 6 Days Training

Minimum of 25 hours logged on at least 25 flying days.

Minimum of 80 hours logged and minimum of 12 months since issue of issue of Intermediate Certificate

Validity Maximum of 12 months or termination of membership (whichever is sooner)

Annual Renewal Requirements

None Minimum of 5 hours logged in 12 month period

Minimum of 10 hours logged in a 12 month period

Minimum of 10 hours logged in a 12 month period

Approved by Instructor Instructor Member's Club SSO or Instructor

Member's Club SSO or Instructor

Page 50: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Issue and Renewal of Certificates - Summary

Weightshift Microlighting

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 50 of 162

6.2.2 Weightshift Microlighting The requirements are summarised in the table below.

Requirement Student Pilot Tandem Tugmaster

Pre-Requisite Qualification

None Student Certificate Pilot Certificate Pilot Certificate

Medical Standard See section 4.1.4, “Health Standard, General”

Flight Skill Test None Yes Yes Yes

Aeronautical Knowledge Test

None Yes Yes Yes

HGFA Membership Instructional or Full Full

Aeronautical Experience

None Minimum of 20 hours logged under instruction

Minimum of 10 hours logged since gaining Pilot Certificate

Minimum of 50 hours logged as Pilot in Command

Validity Maximum of 2 years or termination of membership (whichever is sooner)

Valid whilst Pilot cerificate and Medical declarations are current

Annual Renewal Requirements

None Minimum of 10 hours logged in a 12 month period

None None

Approved by WM-CFI WM-CFI WM-CFI WM-CFI or HG CFI

6.2.3 Powered Paragliding The requirements are summarised in the table below.

Requirement Student Pilot

Pre-Requisite Qualification None Student Pilot Certificate

Medical Standard See section 4.1.4, “Health Standard, General”

Flight Skill Test None Yes

Aeronautical Knowledge Test None Yes

HGFA Membership Instructional or Full Full

Aeronautical Experience None * completed a minimum of 30 flights of no less than 16 hours in total,

* a 10km cross country flight, and

* a minimum of 12 days with flight training in a powered paraglider.

Validity Maximum of 2 years or termination of membership (whichever is sooner)

Valid whilst Pilot membership is current

Renewal Requirements None Minimum of 10 hours logged in the past 12 months.

Approved by PPG-CFI PPG -CFI

Page 51: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Hang Glider Certificates

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 51 of 162

6.3 Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

6.3.1 Hang Glider Certificates Certificates issued:

(a) Student Pilot.

(b) Supervised Pilot.

(c) Intermediate Pilot.

(d) Advanced Pilot.

6.3.1.1 Student Pilot Certificate (HG)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Student Pilot Certificate shall:

(a) have attained the age of 14 years and where the applicant is under the age of 18 years, written parental consent must be granted;

(b) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4.

Privileges

A Student Pilot Certificate authorises the holder to act, under the direct supervision of an approved HGFA HG Instructor who is in turn under the supervision of an approved HGFA HG Chief Flight Instructor, as Pilot-In-Command for the purpose of:

(c) increasing his or her flying skills in order to qualify for the issue of a HGFA Supervised Pilot Certificate; or

(d) engaging in flying practice in order to requalify for a certificate that is no longer valid.

Note: For the purposes of assessing his or her motivation and suitability to undergo continued flight training or as part of a recognised Hang Gliding training program, a person may undergo initial flight training in the form or a Trial Instructional Flight (TIF) for a maximum of 3 hours dual instruction before applying for a Student Pilot Certificate, see 2.3.4.

Authority for Issue

The issue of Student Pilot Certificates may be authorised by the appropriate Instructor directly or as delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended a Student Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 12 months or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

6.3.1.2 Supervised Pilot Certificate (HG)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Supervised Pilot Certificate shall:

(a) have attained the age of 15 years and where the applicant is under the age of 18 years, written parental consent must be granted;

(b) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with HGFA requirements, section 4.1.4,

(c) have successfully passed theory and practical examinations in accordance with the requirements of the HGFA Pilot Training Syllabi SYL-04 and SYL-05 (Sup). (See 1.3 Operational Documents Register), and

(d) have demonstrated to an appropriate HGFA CFI that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of a Supervised Pilot Certificate.

Note: the type of aircraft for which the pilot certificate is being sought determines the requirements for theory and in-flight examinations.

(e) be a full and current member of the HGFA.

Page 52: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Hang Glider Certificates

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 52 of 162

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Supervised Pilot Certificate an applicant shall have completed flight and ground training in accordance with this operations manual (see section 8) over a period including the minimum training days on the type of aircraft for which a Supervised pilot certificate is being sought.

Privileges and Limitations

A Supervised pilot certificate authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a hang glider subject to:

(f) the aircraft type for which the Supervised pilot certificate is issued;

(g) “On-Site Supervision” by an Instructor, Safety Officer or Duty Pilot and under conditions considered by an Instructor, Safety Officer or Duty Pilot to be suitable for Supervised Pilots;

(h) maintaining a “Supervised Pilot Log Book”, including obtaining the names and signatures of the Instructor or Safety Officer or Duty Pilot providing direct supervision of the Supervised Certificate holders operations.

(i) Any limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer, or the owner of the site and/or the Safety Committee of the Club that control operations at the site;

(j) Operations being limited to within 25 nautical miles of the place at which the pilot launched;

(k) The pilot in command having performed three flights within the preceding 90 days, in an aircraft of the type being used;

(l) Limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual and relevant legislation; and

(m) When so directed by a Duty Pilot, or Safety Officer, a holder of a Supervised Pilot Certificate when acting as pilot-in-command shall attach a red streamer at least one metre long to the keel of the hang glider.

(n) If for any reason, a Supervised Pilot Certificate holder has been unable to perform three flights, in an aircraft of the type being used within the preceding 90 days, he/she is to undergo a check flight under the direct supervision of an appropriate HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by HGFA a Supervised Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 12 months or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of a Supervised Pilot Certificate shall:

(o) have, within the previous 12 months, accumulated a minimum of 5 hours flight time on the type of aircraft for which the Supervised Pilot Certificate was issued;

(p) where the minimum aeronautical experience has not been attained the Supervised pilot certificate holder will be required to undergo a check flight under the direct supervision of an appropriate HGFA Instructor except where a pilot has undergone the flight tests necessary for the award of a pilot certificate in a similar aircraft type within the previous six months;

(q) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4.; and

(r) forward a renewal application, medical declaration and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least seven (7) days prior to the expiry date.

Note: Failure to renew a pilots HGFA membership by the due Date means that the Supervised Pilot Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Supervised Pilot Certificate may be authorised by an appropriate HGFA Instructor or as delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Page 53: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Hang Glider Certificates

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 53 of 162

6.3.1.3 Intermediate Pilot Certificate (HG)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of an Intermediate Pilot Certificate shall:

(a) be a full and current member of the HGFA,

(b) hold a valid Supervised Pilot Certificate,

(c) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4.,

(d) have successfully passed theory and practical examinations in accordance with the requirements of the HGFA Pilot Training Syllabus SYL-05 (Int). (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register), and

(e) presented to an appropriate HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer, their “Supervised Pilot Log Book”, with logged flights totalling a minimum of 25 hours, over a minimum of 25 days, including the obtained names and signatures of the Instructors or Safety Officers or Duty Pilots whom provided supervision of the logged flights, and

(f) demonstrate to an appropriate HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of an Intermediate Pilot Certificate.

(g) Have undertaken the course of instruction “VHF Radio Operator Syllabus” section 8.4.11; and

(h) Have passed an examination for the issue of a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement, lodged the relevant HGFA endorsment application and been approved in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager; or hold a Radio Operator Endorsement or Certificate from another Recreational Aviation Administration Organisation, approved by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Note: that the type of aircraft for which the pilot certificate is being sought determines the requirements for theory and in-flight examinations.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of an Intermediate Pilot Certificate, an applicant shall have completed a minimum of 25 hours flying experience over a minimum of 25 flying days in a Hang Glider and operations of the type for which an Intermediate Pilot Certificate is awarded.

Privileges and Limitations

An Intermediate Pilot Certificate authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a hang glider subject to:

(i) the type of aircraft for which the Intermediate pilot certificate is issued;

(j) sites and conditions designated by controlling clubs to be suitable for Intermediate Pilots;

(k) Any limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer, the owner of the site and/or the Safety Committee of the Club that controls operations at the site; and

(l) Operations being limited to within 25 nautical miles of the place at which the pilot launched except where the proposed flight path is approved in advance by a Safety Officer (or higher) who is the holder of an Advanced Pilot Certificate;

(m) Limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual and relevant legislation; and,

(n) Limitations as directed by CASA.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA an Intermediate Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 12 months or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of an Intermediate Pilot Certificate shall:

(o) have, within the previous 12 months, accumulated a minimum of 10 hours flight time on the type of aircraft for which the Intermediate Pilot Certificate was issued;

(p) where the minimum aeronautical experience has not been attained the Intermediate Pilot Certificate holder will be required to undergo a check flight under the direct supervision of an appropriate HGFA Instructor or a Senior Safety Officer (HG), except where a pilot has undergone the flight tests necessary for the award of an Intermediate Pilot Certificate within the previous six months;

(q) sign a declaration on the renewal application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4.; and

(r) forward the renewal application, medical declaration and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least seven (7) days prior to the expiry date.

Page 54: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Hang Glider Certificates

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 54 of 162

Note: Failure to renew a pilots HGFA membership by the due date means that the Intermediate Pilot Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Authority for Issue

The issue of an Intermediate Pilot Certificate may be authorised by the Senior Safety Officer of the Club of which the pilot is a member, an appropriate HGFA Instructor or as delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager.

6.3.1.4 Advanced Pilot Certificate (HG)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of an Advanced Pilot Certificate shall:

(a) be a full and current member of the HGFA;

(b) hold a valid Intermediate Pilot Certificate for the aircraft type for which the Advance Pilot Certificate is sought for a period of at least twelve months;

(c) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4.;

(d) have successfully passed theory and practical examinations in accordance with the requirements of the HGFA Pilot Training Syllabus SYL-05 (Adv). (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register), and

(e) demonstrate to an HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer (HG) that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of an Advanced Pilot Certificate.

(f) Have undertaken the course of instruction “VHF Radio Operator Syllabus” section 8.4.11; and

(g) Have passed an examination for the issue of a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement, lodged the relevant HGFA endorsment application and been approved in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager; or hold a Radio Operator Endorsement or Certificate from another Recreational Aviation Administration Organisation, approved by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Note that the type of aircraft for which the pilot certificate is being sought determines the requirements for theory and in flight examinations.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of an Advanced Pilot Certificate an applicant shall:

(h) have completed a minimum of 80 hours flying experience in aircraft of the type for which the Advanced Pilot Certificate is sought; and

(i) where an Advanced Hang Glider Pilot Certificate is sought: have completed a minimum of 100 flights in hang gliders; or

(j) if having previous flying experience in hang gliders have completed at least 80 hours flying experience (over a period of at least 12 months), of which a minimum of 40 hours flying experience must be gained in an aircraft of the type for which the Advanced Pilot Certificate is sought.

Privileges and Limitations

An Advanced Pilot Certificate authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a hang glider subject to:

(k) the type of aircraft for which the Advanced Pilot Certificate is issued;

(l) Any limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer, owner of the site and/or the Safety Committee of the Club that controls the operations at the site being used; and

(m) Limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual and relevant legislation.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by HGFA an Advanced Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 12 months or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

Page 55: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Hang Glider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 55 of 162

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of an Advanced Pilot Certificate shall:

(n) have, within the previous 12 months, accumulated a minimum of 10 hours flight time on the type of aircraft for which the Advanced Pilot Certificate was issued;

(o) where the minimum aeronautical experience has not been attained the Advanced Pilot Certificate holder will be required to undergo a check flight under the direct supervision of an appropriate HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer (HG), except where a pilot has undergone the flight tests necessary for the award of another Pilot Certificate or endorsement within the previous six months;

(p) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4; and

(q) forward a renewal application, medical declaration and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least seven (7) days prior to the expiry date.

Note: Failure to renew a pilots HGFA membership by the due date means that the Advanced Pilot Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Authority for Issue

The issue of an Advanced Pilots Certificate may be authorised by the Senior Safety Officer of the Club of which the pilot is a member, an appropriate HGFA Instructor or as delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager.

6.3.2 Hang Glider Pilot Endorsements 6.3.2.1 Aerotow Launch Endorsement (HG)

No person shall pilot a hang glider for the purpose of an aero tow launch unless:

(a) he or she has been issued with a HGFA Aerotow Endorsement; or

(b) he or she is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor or SSO for the purpose of gaining an Aerotow Endorsement; and

(c) all operations comply with all the requirements of the HGFA Towing Procedures Manual.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Hang Gliding Aerotow endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(d) Hold a valid HGFA Supervised, Intermediate or Advanced Hang Gliding Pilot Certificate,

(e) Have undertaken a course of instruction in accordance with section 8.4.1, “Aerotow Syllabus”, conducted by an HGFA Instructor who is aerotow endorsed, and

(f) Demonstrated that he or she has reached the level of competency required, and

(g) Have his or her certificate endorsed by a HG Instructor or SSO who is aerotow endorsed.

Privileges and Responsibilities

A HGFA Aerotow Endorsement authorises the holder to undertake aerotow operations carried out in conformity with the guidelines outlined in the HGFA Towing Procedures Manual.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Aerotow Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA HG Aerotow Endorsement may be authorised by an HGFA Instructor (HG) who holds an Aerotow Endorsement.

Page 56: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Hang Glider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 56 of 162

6.3.2.2 Tandem Endorsement (Sports)- (HG)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a HGFA Tandem Endorsement (Sports) shall:

(a) have attained the age of 18 years;

(b) hold a valid HGFA Advanced Pilot Certificate for the type of aircraft for which the endorsement is sought;

(c) have successfully passed theory and in-flight examinations at an approved flight training facility for operations and in accordance with the requirements of the syllabus defined in section 8.4.12, “Tandem (HG/PG) Syllabus”;

(d) demonstrate to a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor (HG) that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of the endorsement;

(e) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with requirements detailed in section 4.1.4.

(f) forward to the HGFA Office a completed Tandem Endorsement application, which is signed and dated by the examining Chief Flight Instructor (HG) together with the appropriate fee.

Note: It is recommended that an applicant for a Tandem Endorsement hold a current St Johns Advanced or Senior First Aid Certificate or equivalent.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Tandem Endorsement (Sports) an applicant shall:

(g) have completed a minimum of 200 hours flying experience as pilot in command in aircraft of the type for which the endorsement is sought; or

(h) have completed a minimum of 100 hours flying experience with a minimum of 500 flights as pilot in command in aircraft of the type for which the endorsement is sought.

Privileges and Limitations

A Tandem Endorsement (Sports) authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a suitable certified aircraft carrying a passenger subject to:

(i) the aircraft type for which the Advanced pilot certificate is issued;

(j) where the passenger is under 18 years of age, parental or guardian consent is granted in writing;

(k) all flights being for recreational, record attempts or sporting purposes only;

(l) no charge or instruction is applied to the passenger;

(m) the pilot in command having performed three flights, in an aircraft of the type to be used, within the preceding 90 days; and

(n) the first fifteen Tandem flights after endorsement issue are conducted with a person who holds a Hang Gliding Pilot Certificate;

(o) The pilot in command must have the approval to conduct such operations from the local club which controls those sites from where the operations will be conducted.

Note: Non-instructional flights, for which a fee is charged, are strictly prohibited.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Tandem Endorsement (Sports) shall remain valid;

(p) while the holder's HGFA Advanced Pilot Certificate is valid; and

(q) the holder is a current financial member of the HGFA, having signed a declaration on their membership renewal application that his or her health complies with section 4.1.4. of this manual; or

(r) unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Tandem Endorsement (Sports) may be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager or as delegated in writing.

Carriage of Passengers

HGFA pilots shall not carry passengers in a hang glider unless:

(s) The aircraft used is rated to carry passengers and is certified, refer to section 9.3.

Page 57: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Hang Glider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 57 of 162

(t) He or she is the holder of a valid Tandem Endorsement (Sports) for the aircraft type issued by HGFA;

Note: The aircraft must be rated to carry the combined weight of the Pilot, Passenger and any Motor options for the type of launch and landing operation being operated;

(u) the aircraft used has been inspected and maintained in accordance with the requirements of; (i) Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards, refer to section 9.6; (ii) The Aircraft Operator’s Manual; and (iii) Technical notices / bulletins.

(v) Where the Passenger is under 18 years of age, written parental or guardian consent is required.

(w) Passengers shall not be carried for hire or reward unless the flight is for bona fide instructional purposes see section 4.1.7.1.

(x) The pilot in command of an instructional flight must be the holder of an appropriate Instructor certificate and the Student must be a member of the HGFA and be a minimum of 10 years of age.

6.3.2.3 Ground Tow Endorsement (HG)

No person shall pilot a hang glider for the purpose of a ground tow launch unless:

(a) he or she has been issued with a HGFA Ground Tow Endorsement; or

(b) he or she is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor for the purpose of gaining a Supervised Pilot Certificate; or

(c) he or she is undergoing training in accordance with the syllabus in section 8.4.2, under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor or SSO for the purpose of gaining a Ground Tow Endorsement; and

(d) all operations comply with all the requirements of the HGFA Towing Procedures Manual.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Ground Tow Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(e) Hold a valid HGFA Supervised, Intermediate or Advanced Pilot Certificate for the type of aircraft for which the endorsement is sought;

(f) Have undertaken a course of instruction in ground tow operations provided by an appropriate HGFA Instructor, have successfully passed theory and in-flight examinations in accordance with the requirements of section 8.4.2, “Ground Tow” syllabus; and

(g) demonstrated that he or she has reached the level of competency required, and

(h) Have his/her endorsement reccomended by an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor.

Privileges and Responsibilities

A HGFA Ground Tow Endorsement authorises the holder to undertake ground tow operations carried out in conformity with the guidelines outlined in the HGFA Towing Procedures Manual.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Ground Tow Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Ground Tow Endorsement may only be authorised by an HGFA Flight Instructor or SSO who holds a Ground Tow Endorsement.

6.3.2.4 Powered Endorsement – (HG)

No hang glider pilot shall operate a hang glider fitted with an auxiliary power unit unless:

(a) he or she has been issued with a HGFA Powered Hang Glider Endorsement; or

(b) he or she is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an endorsed HGFA Instructor (HG).

Page 58: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Hang Glider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 58 of 162

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Powered Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(c) Hold a valid Intermediate HGFA Pilot Certificate for the type of aircraft for which the endorsement is sought;

(d) Have undertaken the course of instruction “VHF Radio Operator Syllabus” section 8.4.11; and

(e) Have passed an examination for the issue of a Radio Operator Endorsement or Certificate approved in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager or from another aviation administration organisation approved by the HGFA Operations Manager.

(f) have successfully passed theory and in-flight syllabus in accordance with section 8.4.9, “Powered Foot Launched”;

(g) demonstrated to the appropriate HGFA Instructor that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of the endorsement; and

(h) Have his / her endorsement reccomended by an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Powered Endorsement an applicant shall:

(i) have completed a minimum of 20 hours flying experience and a minimum of 50 flights as pilot in command in aircraft of the type for which the endorsement is sought; or

(j) have completed a minimum of 100 hours flying experience in any other type of aircraft, with a minimum of 10 hours flying experience, and a minimum of 50 flights as pilot in command in aircraft of the type for which the endorsement is sought.

Privileges and Responsibilities

A HGFA Powered Endorsement (HG) authorises the holder to act as Pilot-in-Command of a Powered hang glider subject to:

(k) Operations limited to aircraft of the type for which the Endorsement is issued;

(l) Any limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer, owner of the site and / or the Safety Committee of the Club that controls the operations at the site being used, or imposed in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager.

(m) Limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Powered Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Powered Endorsement may be authorised in writing by:

(n) a HGFA Instructor, or

(o) a HG Senior Safety Officer with an Advanced rating, who holds an endorsement of the kind to be issued and all other required endorsements, or

(p) the HGFA Operations Manager or delegate.

6.3.2.5 Radio Operator Endorsement (HG)

No HGFA Pilot Certificate holder shall operate aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment unless he or she has been issued with a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement, or is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed Instructor or SSO for the purpose of gaining a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Radio Operator Endorsement must be able to intelligibly speak and understand the English language and shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(a) Hold a current CASA aeronautical radio operator certificate or licence ; or

(b) Hold a valid HGFA Pilot Certificate; and (i) Have undertaken the course of instruction “VHF Radio Operator Syllabus” section 8.4.11; and (ii) Have passed an examination for the issue of a Radio Operator Endorsement or Certificate approved in writing by the HGFA Operations

Manager or from another aviation administration organisation approved by the HGFA Operations Manager; and

Page 59: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Hang Glider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 59 of 162

(c) Have his/her certificate endorsed by HGFA Operations Manager and Flight Instructor or Chief Flight Instructor who hold the endorsement being sought.

Privileges

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement authorises the holder to operate on the approved aeronautical VHF radio frequencies when engaged in flying activities.

Note: The holder of a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement is at all times subject to the requirements of Civil Aviation Regulations and Orders, Aeronautical Information Publications and the Radio Communications Act.

Note: HGFA Student Pilot Certificate holders may operate aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment for the purpose of gaining a Radio Operator Endorsement providing they are under the direct supervision and control of an Instructor who holds the endorsement.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Note: Radio Operator Endorsement holders should ensure that the aircraft's or the pilot's call sign is displayed in a prominent and easy to read position to assist them when using aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement may be authorised by an HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer, who holds an Endorsement of the kind to be issued.

6.3.2.6 Oxygen Endorsement (HG)

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of an Oxygen Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(a) Hold a valid HGFA Advanced Hang Gliding or Paragliding Pilot Certificate;

(b) Have undertaken a course of instruction in the safe use of supplementary oxygen breathing equipment conducted by an oxygen endorsed HGFA CFI;

(c) Have successfully passed theory examinations in accordance with the requirements of section 8.4.10 “Oxygen”, and demonstrated that he or she has reached the level of competency required, and

(d) Have his/her certificate endorsed by an appropriate HGFA CFI Instructor.

Privileges and Responsibilities

A HGFA Oxygen Endorsement authorises the holder to use supplementary breathing oxygen for flights greater than 10,000 feet above mean sea level.

Note: Aircraft operated under CAO 95.10 and 95.32 are not permitted to be flown above 10 000 FT. Flights over 10,000 ft. without the carriage and use of oxygen equipment is in breach of Civil Aviation Order 95.8, This can lead to cancellation of the endorsement and or disciplinary action.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Oxygen Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Advanced Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

The HGFA Oxygen Endorsement may only be authorised by a HGFA Flight Instructor who holds an Oxygen Endorsement.

Page 60: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Paraglider Pilot Certificates

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 60 of 162

6.3.3 Paraglider Pilot Certificates Certificates issued:

(a) Student Pilot.

(b) Supervised Pilot.

(c) Intermediate Pilot.

(d) Advanced Pilot.

6.3.3.1 Student Pilot Certificate (PG)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Student Pilot Certificate shall:

(a) have attained the age of 14 years and where the applicant is under the age of 18 years, written parental consent must be granted;

(b) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4.

Privileges

A Student Pilot Certificate authorises the holder to act, under the direct supervision of an approved HGFA PG Instructor who is under the supervision of an approved HGFA PG Chief Flight Instructor, as Pilot-In-Command for the purpose of:

(c) increasing his or her flying skills in order to qualify for the issue of a HGFA Supervised Pilot Certificate; or

(d) engaging in flying practice in order to requalify for a certificate that is no longer valid.

Note: For the purposes of assessing his or her motivation and suitability to undergo continued flight training or as part of a recognised Hang Gliding training program, a person may undergo initial flight training (TIF) for a maximum of 3 hours dual instruction before applying for a Student Pilot Certificate. Refer Section 2.3.4.

Authority for Issue

The issue of Student Pilot Certificates may be authorised by the appropriate Instructor directly or as delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended a Student Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 12 months or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

6.3.3.2 Supervised Pilot Certificate (PG)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Supervised Pilot Certificate shall:

(a) have attained the age of 15 years and where the applicant is under the age of 18 years, written parental consent must be granted;

(b) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with HGFA requirements, section 4.1.4,

(c) have successfully passed theory and practical examinations in accordance with the requirements of the HGFA Pilot Training Syllabi SYL-04 and SYL-06. (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register), and

(d) have demonstrated to an appropriate HGFA CFI that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of a Supervised Pilot Certificate

Note: the type of aircraft for which the pilot certificate is being sought determines the requirements for theory and in-flight examinations.

(e) be a full and current member of the HGFA.

Page 61: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Paraglider Pilot Certificates

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 61 of 162

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Supervised Pilot Certificate an applicant shall have completed flight and ground training in accordance with this operations manual over a period including the minimum training days on the type of aircraft for which a Supervised pilot certificate is being sought.

Privileges and Limitations

A Supervised Pilot Certificate authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a paraglider subject to:

(f) the aircraft type for which the Supervised pilot certificate is issued;

(g) “On-Site Supervision” by an Instructor, Safety Officer or Duty Pilot and under conditions considered by an Instructor, Safety Officer or Duty Pilot to be suitable for Supervised Pilots;

(h) maintaining a “Supervised Pilot Log Book”, including obtaining the names and signatures of the Instructor or Safety Officer or Duty Pilot providing direct supervision of the Supervised Certificate holders operations.

(i) Any limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer, or the owner of the site and/or the Safety Committee of the Club that control operations at the site;

(j) Operations being limited to within 25 nautical miles of the place at which the pilot launched;

(k) The pilot in command having performed three flights within the preceding 90 days, in an aircraft of the type being used;

(l) Limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual and relevant legislation; and

(m) When so directed by a Duty Pilot, or Safety Officer, a holder of a Supervised Pilot Certificate when acting as pilot-in-command shall attach a red streamer at least one metre long to the risers of the paraglider.

(n) If for any reason, a Supervised Pilot Certificate holder has been unable to perform three flights, in an aircraft of the type being used within the preceding 90 days, he/she is to undergo a check flight under the direct supervision of an appropriate HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by HGFA a Supervised Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 12 months or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of a Supervised Pilot Certificate shall:

(o) have, within the previous 12 months, accumulated a minimum of 5 hours air time on the type of aircraft for which the Supervised Pilot Certificate was issued;

(p) where the minimum aeronautical experience has not been attained the Supervised pilot certificate holder will be required to undergo a check flight under the direct supervision of an appropriate HGFA Instructor except where a pilot has undergone the flight tests necessary for the award of a pilot certificate in a similar aircraft type within the previous six months;

(q) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4; and

(r) forward a renewal application, medical declaration and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least seven (7) days prior to the expiry date.

Note: Failure to renew a pilots HGFA membership by the due Date means that the Supervised Pilot Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Supervised Pilot Certificate may be authorised by an appropriate HGFA Instructor or as delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Page 62: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Paraglider Pilot Certificates

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 62 of 162

6.3.3.3 Intermediate Pilot Certificate (PG)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of an Intermediate Pilot Certificate shall:

(a) be a full and current member of the HGFA,

(b) hold a valid Supervised Pilot Certificate,

(c) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4,

(d) have successfully passed theory and practical examinations in accordance with the requirements of the HGFA Pilot Training Syllabi SYL-04 and SYL-06. (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register), and

(e) presented to an appropriate HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer, their “Supervised Pilot Log Book”, with logged flights totalling a minimum of 25 hours, over a minimum of 25 days, including the obtained names and signatures of the Instructors or Safety Officers or Duty Pilots whom provided supervision of the logged flights, and

(f) demonstrate to an appropriate HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer (PG) that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of an Intermediate Pilot Certificate.

(g) Have undertaken the course of instruction “VHF Radio Operator Syllabus” section 8.4.11; and

(h) Have passed an examination for the issue of a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement, lodged the relevant HGFA endorsment application and been approved in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager; or hold a Radio Operator Endorsement or Certificate from another Recreational Aviation Administration Organisation, approved by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Note: that the type of aircraft for which the pilot certificate is being sought determines the requirements for theory and in-flight examinations.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of an Intermediate Pilot Certificate an applicant shall have completed a minimum of 25 hours flying experience over a minimum of 25 flying days in a Paraglider and operations of the type for which an Intermediate Pilot Certificate is awarded.

Privileges and Limitations

An Intermediate Pilot Certificate authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a paraglider subject to:

(i) Operations limited to aircraft of the type for which the Intermediate pilot certificate is issued;

(j) Operations limited to classified sites and conditions designated by controlling clubs to be suitable for Intermediate Pilots;

(k) Any limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer, the owner of the site and/or the Safety Committee of the Club that controls operations at the site; and

(l) Operations being limited to within 25 nautical miles of the place at which the pilot launched except where the proposed flight path is approved in advance by a Safety Officer (or higher) who is the holder of an Advanced Pilot Certificate.

(m) Limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual and relevant legislation; and,

(n) Limitations as directed by CASA.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by HGFA an Intermediate Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 12 months or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of an Intermediate Pilot Certificate shall:

(o) have, within the previous 12 months, accumulated a minimum of 10 hours air time on the type of aircraft for which the Intermediate Pilot Certificate was issued;

(p) where the minimum aeronautical experience has not been attained the Intermediate Pilot Certificate holder will be required to undergo a check flight under the direct supervision of an appropriate HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer (PG), except where a pilot has undergone the flight tests necessary for the award of an Intermediate Pilot Certificate within the previous six months;

(q) sign a declaration on the renewal application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4; and

(r) forward the renewal application, medical declaration and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least seven (7) days prior to the expiry date.

Page 63: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Paraglider Pilot Certificates

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 63 of 162

Note: Failure to renew a pilots HGFA membership by the due date means that the Intermediate Pilot Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Authority for Issue

The issue of an Intermediate Pilots Certificate may be authorised by the Senior Safety Officer of the Club of which the pilot is a member, a HGFA Instructor (PG) or as delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager.

6.3.3.4 Advanced Pilot Certificate (PG)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of an Advanced Pilot Certificate shall:

(a) be a full, current member of the HGFA.

(b) hold a valid Intermediate Pilot Certificate for the aircraft type for which the Advance Pilot Certificate is sought for a period of at least twelve months;

(c) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4;

(d) have successfully passed theory and practical examinations in accordance with the requirements of the HGFA Pilot Training Syllabi SYL-04 and SYL-06. (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register), and

(e) demonstrate to an HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer (PG) that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of an Advanced Pilot Certificate.

(f) Have undertaken the course of instruction “VHF Radio Operator Syllabus” section 8.4.11; and

(g) Have passed an examination for the issue of a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement, lodged the relevant HGFA endorsment application and been approved in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager; or hold a Radio Operator Endorsement or Certificate from another Recreational Aviation Administration Organisation, approved by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Note: that the type of aircraft for which the pilot certificate is being sought determines the requirements for theory and in flight examinations.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of an Advanced Pilot Certificate an applicant shall:

(h) have completed a minimum of 80 hours flying experience in aircraft of the type for which the Advanced Pilot Certificate is sought; and

(i) where an Advanced Paraglider Pilot Certificate is sought: have completed a minimum of 200 flights in paragliders; or

(j) if having previous flying experience in paragliders have completed at least 80 hours flying experience (over a period of at least 12 months), of which a minimum of 40 hours flying experience must be gained in an aircraft of the type for which the Advanced Pilot Certificate is sought.

Privileges

An Advanced Pilot Certificate authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a hang glider or paraglider subject to:

(k) the aircraft type for which the Advanced Pilot Certificate is issued;

(l) Any limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer, owner of the site and/or the Safety Committee of the Club that controls the operations at the site being used; and

(m) Limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual and relevant legislation.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by HGFA an Advanced Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 12 months or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of an Advanced Pilot Certificate shall:

(n) within the previous 12 months have accumulated a minimum of 10 hours air time on the type of aircraft for which the Advanced Pilot Certificate was issued;

Page 64: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Paraglider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 64 of 162

(o) where the minimum aeronautical experience has not been attained the Advanced Pilot Certificate holder will be required to undergo a check flight under the direct supervision of an appropriate HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer (PG), except where a pilot has undergone the flight tests necessary for the award of another Pilot Certificate or endorsement within the previous six months;

(p) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4; and

(q) forward a renewal application, medical declaration and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least seven (7) days prior to the expiry date.

Note: Failure to renew a pilots HGFA membership by the due date means that the Advanced Pilot Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Authority for Issue

The issue of an Advanced Pilots Certificate may be authorised by the Senior Safety Officer of the Club of which the pilot is a member, an

appropriate HGFA Instructor or as delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager.

6.3.4 Paraglider Pilot Endorsements 6.3.4.1 Tandem Endorsement (Sports) (PG)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a HGFA Tandem Endorsement shall:

(a) have attained the age of 18 years;

(b) hold a valid HGFA Advanced Pilot Certificate for the type of aircraft for which the endorsement is sought;

(c) have successfully passed theory and in-flight examinations at an approved flight training facility for operations and in accordance with the requirements of the syllabus defined in section 8.4.12, “Tandem (HG/PG) Syllabus”;

(d) demonstrate to an appropriate HGFA Chief Flight Instructor that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of the endorsement;

(e) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with requirements detailed in section 4.1.4.

(f) forward to the HGFA Office a completed Tandem Endorsement application, which is signed and dated by the examining Chief Flight Instructor (PG) together with the appropriate fee.

Note: It is recommended that an applicant for a Tandem Endorsement hold a current St Johns Advanced or Senior First Aid Certificate or equivalent.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Tandem Endorsement an applicant shall:

(g) have completed a minimum of 200 hours flying experience as pilot in command in aircraft of the type for which the endorsement is sought; or

(h) have completed a minimum of 100 hours flying experience with a minimum of 500 flights as pilot in command in aircraft of the type for which the endorsement is sought.

Privileges

A Tandem Endorsement authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a suitable certified aircraft carrying a passenger subject to:

(i) operations limited to aircraft of the type for which the Advanced pilot certificate is issued;

(j) where the passenger is under 18 years of age, written parental or guardian consent is granted;

(k) all flights being for recreational, record attempts or sporting purposes only;

(l) no charge or instruction is applied to the passenger;

(m) the pilot in command having performed three flights, in an aircraft of the type to be used, within the preceding 90 days; and

(n) the first fifteen Tandem flights after endorsement issue are conducted with a person who holds a HGFA paragliding Pilot Certificate;

Page 65: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Paraglider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 65 of 162

(o) The pilot conducting the operations must have the approval to conduct such operations from the local club which controls those sites from where the operations will be conducted.

Note: Non-instructional flights, for which a fee is charged, are strictly prohibited.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Tandem Endorsement (PG) shall remain valid:

(p) while the holder's HGFA Advanced Pilot Certificate is valid; and

(q) the holder is a current financial member of the HGFA, having signed a declaration on their membership renewal application that his or her health complies with section 4.1.4. of this manual; or

(r) unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Tandem Endorsement may be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager or as delegated in writing.

Carriage of Passengers

HGFA pilots shall not carry passengers in a hang glider unless:

(s) the aircraft used is rated to carry passengers and is certified, refer section 9.3.

(t) he or she is the holder of a valid Tandem endorsement for the aircraft type issued by HGFA; and

(u) The aircraft used has been inspected and maintained in accordance with the requirements of; (i) Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards, section 9.6; (ii) The Aircraft Operator’s Manual; and (iii) Technical notices / bulletins.

(v) Where the Passenger is under 18 years of age, written parental or guardian consent is required.

(w) Passengers shall not be carried for hire or reward unless the flight is for bona fide instructional purposes.

6.3.4.2 Ground Tow Endorsement (PG)

No person shall pilot a paraglider for the purpose of a ground tow launch unless:

(a) he or she has been issued with a HGFA Ground Tow Endorsement (PG); or

(b) he or she is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor for the purpose of gaining a Supervised Pilot Certificate; or

(c) he or she is undergoing training in accordance with the syllabus in section 8.4.2, under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor or SSO for the purpose of gaining a Ground Tow Endorsement; and

(d) all operations comply with all the requirements of the HGFA Towing Procedures Manual.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Ground Tow endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(e) Hold a valid HGFA Supervised, Intermediate or Advanced Pilot Certificate for the type of aircraft for which the endorsement is sought;

(f) Have undertaken a course of instruction in ground tow operations provided by an appropriate HGFA Instructor, have successfully passed theory and in-flight examinations in accordance with the requirements of section 8.4.2, “Ground Tow” syllabus; and

(g) demonstrated that he or she has reached the level of competency required; and

(h) Have his/her endorsement reccomended by an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor.

Privileges and Responsibilities

A HGFA Ground Tow Endorsement authorises the holder to undertake ground tow operations carried out in conformity with the guidelines outlined in the HGFA Towing Procedures Manual.

Period of Validity

Page 66: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Paraglider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 66 of 162

A HGFA Ground Tow Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Ground Tow Endorsement may only be authorised by an HGFA Flight Instructor or SSO who holds a Ground Tow Endorsement.

6.3.4.3 Powered Endorsement – Foot Launch (PG)

No paraglider pilot shall operate a paraglider fitted with an auxiliary power unit unless:

(a) he or she has been issued with a HGFA Powered Endorsement Foot launched (PG); or

(b) he or she is the holder of a HGFA Intermediate or Advanced paragliding certificate and is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an endorsed HGFA Instructor (PG).

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Powered Endorsement – Foot Launched (PG) shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(c) Hold a valid HGFA Intermediate Paragliding Pilot Certificate;

(d) Have undertaken the course of instruction “VHF Radio Operator Syllabus” section 8.4.11; and

(e) Have passed an examination for the issue of a Radio Operator Endorsement or Certificate approved in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager or from another aviation administration organisation approved by the HGFA Operations Manager.

(f) Have successfully completed the syllabus as specified in section 8.4.9 “Powered Foot Launched”;

(g) Have passed the theory examination for the issue of a Powered Paraglider Endorsement or Certificate;

(h) Have demonstrated to an appropriate HGFA Instructor that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of the endorsement; and

(i) Have his / her endorsement reccomended by an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Powered Endorsement, an applicant shall have completed:

(a) a minimum of 30 flights under instruction of no less than 16 hours in total, and

(b) a 10 nautical mile cross country flight.

Privileges and Responsibilities

A HGFA Powered Endorsement Foot Launched (PG) authorises the holder to act as Pilot-in-Command of a Powered paraglider subject to:

(c) Operations limited to aircraft of the type for which the Endorsement is issued;

(d) Any limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer, owner of the site and / or the Safety Committee of the Club that controls the operations at the site being used, or imposed in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager.

(e) Limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual and relevant legislation.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Powered Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Powered Paraglider Endorsement may be authorised in writing by:

(f) a HGFA PG or PPG Instructor, or

(g) a PPG Senior Safety Officer who holds an endorsement of the kind to be issued and all other required endorsements, or

(h) the HGFA Operations Manager or delegate.

Page 67: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Paraglider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 67 of 162

6.3.4.4 Radio Operator Endorsement (PG)

No HGFA Pilot Certificate holder shall operate aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment unless he or she has been issued with a HGFA endorsement, or is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed Instructor or SSO for the purpose of gaining a HGFA radio operator endorsement.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Radio Operator Endorsement must be able to intelligibly speak and understand the English language and shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(a) Hold a current CASA aeronautical radio operator certificate or licence ; or

(b) Hold a valid HGFA Pilot Certificate; and (iv) Have undertaken the course of instruction “VHF Radio Operator Syllabus” section 8.4.11; and (v) Have passed an examination for the issue of a Radio Operator Endorsement or Certificate approved in writing by the HGFA Operations

Manager or from another aviation administration organisation approved by the HGFA Operations Manager; and (c) Have his/her certificate endorsed by HGFA Operations Manager and Flight Instructor or Chief Flight Instructor who hold the

endorsement being sought.

Privileges

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement authorises the holder to operate on the approved aeronautical VHF radio frequencies when engaged in flying activities.

Note: The holder of a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement is at all times subject to the requirements of Civil Aviation Regulations and Orders, Aeronautical Information Publications and the Radio Communications Act.

Note: HGFA Student Pilot Certificate holders may operate aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment for the purpose of gaining a Radio Operator Endorsement providing they are under the direct supervision and control of an Instructor who holds the endorsement.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Note: Radio Operator Endorsement holders should ensure that the aircraft's or the pilot's call sign is displayed in a prominent and easy to read position to assist them when using aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement may be authorised by an HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer, who holds an Endorsement of the kind to be issued or the Operations Manager.

6.3.4.5 Oxygen Endorsement (PG)

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of an Oxygen Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(a) Hold a valid HGFA Advanced Hang Gliding or Paragliding Pilot Certificate;

(b) Have undertaken a course of instruction in the safe use of supplementary oxygen breathing equipment conducted by an oxygen endorsed HGFA CFI;

(c) Have successfully passed theory examinations in accordance with the requirements of section 8.4.10 “Oxygen”, and demonstrated that he or she has reached the level of competency required, and

(d) Have his/her certificate endorsed by an appropriate HGFA CFI Instructor.

Privileges and Responsibilities

Page 68: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 68 of 162

A HGFA Oxygen Endorsement authorises the holder to use supplementary breathing oxygen for flights greater than 10,000 feet above mean sea level.

Note: Aircraft operated under CAO 95.10 and 95.32 are not permitted to be flown above 10 000 FT. Flights over 10,000 ft. without the carriage and use of oxygen equipment is in breach of Civil Aviation Order 95.8, This can lead to cancellation of the endorsement and or disciplinary action.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Oxygen Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Advanced Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

The HGFA Oxygen Endorsement may only be authorised by a HGFA Flight Instructor who holds an Oxygen Endorsement.

Page 69: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificates

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 69 of 162

6.3.5 Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificates All training operations must be carried out on certified craft.

Certificates issued:

(a) Student Pilot.

(b) Powered Paraglider Pilot.

6.3.5.1 Student Pilot Certificate

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Student Pilot Certificate shall;

(a) have attained the age of 14 years and where the applicant is under the age of 18 years, written parental consent must be granted;

(b) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4.

Privileges

A Student Pilot Certificate authorises the holder to act, under the direct supervision of an approved HGFA PPG Instructor who is under the supervision of an approved HGFA PPG Chief Flight Instructor, as Pilot-In-Command for the purpose of:

(c) increasing his or her flying skills in order to qualify for the issue of a HGFA Supervised Pilot Certificate or Powered Paragliding Pilot Certificate; or

(d) engaging in flying practice in order to requalify for a certificate that is no longer valid.

Note: For the purposes of assessing his or her motivation and suitability to undergo continued flight training or as part of a recognised Instruction Program, a person may undergo initial flight training for a maximum of 3 hours dual instruction before applying for a Student Pilot Certificate.

Authority for Issue

The issue of Student Pilot Certificates may be authorised by the appropriate Instructor directly or as delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended a Student Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 12 months or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

6.3.5.2 Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate shall:

(a) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4;

(b) have attained the age of 15 years and where the applicant is under the age of 18 years, written parental consent must be granted;

(c) have successfully passed theory and in-flight examinations in accordance with training work book SYL-16 and either; (i) Syllabus SYL-09 (Foot launched), or (ii) Syllabus SYL-10 (Wheel launched).

(See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register) (d) Have undertaken the course of instruction “VHF Radio Operator Syllabus” section 8.4.11; and

(e) Have passed an examination for the issue of a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement, lodged the relevant HGFA endorsment application and been approved in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager; or hold a Radio Operator Endorsement or Certificate from another Recreational Aviation Administration Organisation, approved by the HGFA Operations Manager; and

(f) demonstrated to an appropriate HGFA PPG CFI, that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of a Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate.

Page 70: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Powered Paraglider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 70 of 162

(g) be a full and current member of the HGFA.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate an applicant shall have completed:

(h) a minimum of 30 flights under instruction of no less than 20 hours in total,

(i) a 10 nautical mile cross country flight, and

(j) a minimum of 12 days flight training in a powered paraglider.

Privileges

A Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a powered paraglider subject to limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual.

Pilots shall not undertake cross-country flights further than 25 nautical miles from the point of departure, and within a radius of 25nm, unless he or she holds a PPG Cross Country endorsement.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by HGFA Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 12 months or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of a Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate shall:

(k) have, within the previous 12 months, accumulated a minimum of 10 hours flight time on a Powered Paraglider;

(l) where the minimum aeronautical experience has not been attained the Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate holder will be required to undergo a check flight under the direct supervision of a HGFA Instructor (PPG);

(m) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4; and

(n) forward a renewal application, medical declaration and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least seven (7) days prior to the expiry date.

Note: Failure to renew a pilots HGFA membership by the due date means that the powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate may be authorised an appropriate HGFA Instructor or as delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager.

6.3.6 Powered Paraglider Pilot Endorsements 6.3.6.1 Cross Country Endorsement (PPG)

No HGFA pilot certificate holder shall act as pilot in command of a PPG aircraft:

(a) at a distance greater than 25 nautical miles from the initial point of departure;

(i) unless he or she is the holder of a valid PPG Cross Country Endorsement; or

(ii) flight training exercises are being conducted under the supervision and control of a FI or CFI.

(b) at or in the vicinity of an aerodrome that is military, certified or registered (as published in ERSA):

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a PPG Cross Country Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(c) Have accumulated a minimum of 5 hours cross country navigation, of which at least 4 hours were completed with formal instruction, and 1 hour solo (pilot-in-command) to demonstrate competency;

(d) Reach the standard required as specified in section 8.4.4, “Cross Country (PPG/WM)” and pass the written examination on the topics nominated in the syllabus of basic aeronautical knowledge as required for this endorsement; or

(e) hold an Private Pilot Licence (or higher) or an RA-Aus Pilot Certificate with a Cross Country Endorsement; and

(f) have his or her certificate application endorsed by a PPG Chief Flight Instructor.

Page 71: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Powered Paraglider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 71 of 162

Authority for Issue

A Cross Country Endorsement may be authorised by a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor who holds a certificate of the kind to be issued or the HGFA Operations Manager.

Period of Validity

A Cross Country Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA PPG Pilot Certificate is valid, unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

6.3.6.2 Tandem Endorsement (Sports) - (PPG) All training operations must be carried out on certified craft.

Carriage of Passengers

HGFA pilots shall not carry passengers in a powered paraglider unless:

(a) he or she is the holder of a valid Tandem endorsement for the aircraft type issued by HGFA; and

(b) the aircraft used is rated to carry passengers and is certified, see 9.3.

(c) The aircraft used has been inspected and maintained in accordance with the requirements of; (i) Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards, see 9.6; (ii) The Aircraft Operator’s Manual; and (iii) Technical notices / bulletins.

(d) Where the Passenger is under 18 years of age, written parental or guardian consent is required.

(e) Passengers shall not be carried for hire or reward unless the flight is for bona fide instructional purposes.

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a HGFA Tandem Endorsement shall:

(f) Hold a valid HGFA Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate and Cross Country endorsement for the type of aircraft for which the endorsement is sought.

(g) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4;

(h) Have attained the age of 18 years;

(i) Have successfully passed theory and in-flight examinations in accordance with the requirements of the PPG Passenger Endorsement_Syllabus section 8.4.13, and demonstrate to an appropriate HGFA Chief Flight Instructor that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of the endorsement; and

(j) Forward to the HGFA Operations Manager a completed Tandem Endorsement application, which is signed and dated by the examining Chief Flight Instructor (PPG) together with the appropriate fee.

Note: It is also recommended that an applicant for a Tandem Endorsement hold a current St Johns Advanced or Senior First Aid Certificate or equivalent.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Tandem Endorsement:

(k) Foot Launched Applicants must have completed a minimum of 200 hours flying experience with a minimum of 200 flights as pilot in command in aircraft of the type for which the endorsement is sought.

(l) Wheelbased launched applicants must have completed a minimum of 80 hours flying experience with a minimum of 150 flights as pilot in command in aircraft of the type for which the endorsement is sought.

Privileges

A PPG Tandem Endorsement authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a certified aircraft carrying a passenger subject to:

(m) operations limited to aircraft of the type for which the pilot certificate is issued;

(n) where the passenger is under 18 years of age, written parental or guardian consent is granted;

Page 72: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Powered Paraglider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 72 of 162

(o) all flights being for recreational, record attempts or sporting purposes only;

(p) no charge or instruction is applied to the passenger;

(q) the pilot in command having performed three flights, in an aircraft of the type to be used, within the preceding 90 days; and

(r) where flights are conducted in a powered paraglider, the first ten Tandem flights after endorsement issue are conducted with a person who holds a Powered Paragliding Pilot Certificate.

The pilot conducting the operations must have the approval to conduct such operations from the local club which controls those sites from where the operations will be conducted.

Note: Non-instructional flights, for which a fee is charged, are strictly prohibited.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Tandem Endorsement shall remain valid;

(s) while the holder's HGFA Powered Paraglider Certificate is valid; and

(t) the holder is a current financial member of the HGFA, having signed a declaration on their membership renewal application that his or her health complies with section 4.1.4 of this manual; or

(u) unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Tandem Endorsement (Sport) may be authorised by a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor who holds a certificate of the kind to be issued or the HGFA Operations Manager.

6.3.6.3 Free-Flight Conversion Endorsement (PPG to PG)

No powered paraglider pilot shall operate a paraglider in free flight unless:

(a) he or she has been issued with a HGFA Free-Flight Endorsement; or

(b) he or she is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor (PG)

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Free Flight Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(c) Have undertaken a course of instruction in accordance with section 8.4.8, “Free Flight Endorsement”; and

(d) have passed Intermediate Paraglider Pilot theory and practical examinations in accordance with the requirements of the HGFA Pilot Training Syllabi SYL-04 and SYL-06. (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register); and

(e) demonstrated to an appropriate HGFA CFI that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of the endorsement; and

(f) Have his/her certificate endorsed by an endorsed HGFA CFI (PG).

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Foot Launch Free Fight Endorsement an applicant shall have completed a minimum of 25 hours flying over a minimum of 25 flying days experience, with a minimum of 50 flights as pilot in command of a Powered Paraglider.

Privileges and Responsibilities

A HGFA Foot Launch Free Flight Endorsement authorises the holder to act as Pilot-in-Command of a paraglider subject to:

(g) Operations limited to aircraft of the type for which the Endorsement is issued;

(h) Any limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer, owner of the site and/or the Safety Committee of the Club that controls the operations at the site being used; and

(i) Limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual and relevant legislation.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Foot Launch Free Flight Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Page 73: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Powered Paraglider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 73 of 162

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Foot Launch Free Flight Endorsement may be authorised by a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor who holds a certificate of the kind to be issued or the HGFA Operations Manager.

6.3.6.4 Wheel Launch Endorsement (PPG) All training for wheelbase operations must be carried out on certified craft.

No powered paraglider pilot shall operate a paraglider fitted with a wheeled base auxiliary power unit unless:

(a) he or she has been issued with a HGFA Powered Paraglider Endorsement (PPG Wheel Launch); or

(b) he or she is undergoing training (PPG Wheel Launch) under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a PPG Wheel Launch Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(c) Hold a valid HGFA Foot launch Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate; or

(d) Hold a valid Paraglider Pilot certificate including Motor & Radio Operator Endorsements; and

(e) have successfully passed theory and in-flight syllabus in accordance with the “PPG Wheel based Training Syllabus” section 8.4.7; and

(f) demonstrated to an appropriate HGFA Instructor that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of the endorsement; and

(g) Have his or her endorsement recomended by an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Wheel Launch Endorsement, an applicant, whilst under instruction, shall have completed a minimum of 16 hours flying experience and a minimum of 30 flights as pilot in command of a wheelbased powered paraglider.

Privileges and Responsibilities

A PPG Wheel Launch Endorsement authorises the holder to act as Pilot-in-Command of a Powered paraglider with a wheel base subject to:

(h) the aircraft type for which the Endorsement is issued;

(i) Any limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer, owner of the site and / or the Safety Committee of the Club that controls the operations at the site being used, or imposed in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager.

(j) Limitations specified within the HGFA Operations Manual and relevant legislation.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Powered Wheel Launch Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Powered Wheel Launch Endorsement may be authorised in writing by:

(k) a HGFA (PPG) FI or CFI, or

(l) the HGFA Operations Manager or delegate.

Page 74: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Powered Paraglider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 74 of 162

6.3.6.5 Foot Launch Endorsement (PPG)

No powered paraglider pilot shall foot launch a powered paraglider unless:

(a) he or she has been issued with a HGFA PPG Foot Launch Endorsement; or

(b) he or she is undergoing training (PPG Foot Launch) under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a PPG Foot Launch Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(c) Hold a valid HGFA Wheelbased Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate;

(d) have successfully passed theory and in-flight syllabus in accordance with the “PPG Foot Launch Training Syllabus” section 8.4.6; and

(e) demonstrated to an appropriate HGFA Instructor that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of the endorsement; and

(f) Have his or her endorsement recomended by an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Foot Launch Endorsement, an applicant, whilst under instruction, shall have completed a minimum of 16 hours flying experience and a minimum of 30 flights as pilot in command of a Foot Launch powered paraglider.

Privileges and Responsibilities

A HGFA PPG Foot Launch Endorsement authorises the holder to act as Pilot-in-Command of a foot launched powered paraglider subject to:

(g) the aircraft type for which the Endorsement is issued;

(h) Any limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot, Safety Officer, owner of the site and / or the Safety Committee of the Club that controls the operations at the site being used, or imposed in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager.

(i) Limitations specified within the HGFA Operations.

Period of Validity

A HGFA PPG Foot Launch Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA PPG Foot Launch Endorsement may be authorised in writing by:

(j) a HGFA FI or CFI, or

(k) the HGFA Operations Manager or delegate.

6.3.6.6 Formation Endorsement (PPG)

Formation Flying

No HGFA pilot certificate holder shall pilot a powered aircraft which is flying closer than 100 feet to another powered or unpowered aircraft unless he or she has been issued with a Formation Endorsement by the HGFA or he or she is undergoing flight training under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed HGFA (PPG) Instructor.

Formation flight shall not be conducted without a comprehensive ground briefing between all participants.

Page 75: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Powered Paraglider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 75 of 162

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Formation Flying Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(a) Hold a valid HGFA PPG Pilot Certificate; and

(b) Have accumulated a minimum of 50 hours as Pilot-In-Command of a PPG aircraft; and

(c) Have attained the age of 18 years; and

(d) Have passed the Formation Flying syllabus in accordance with section 8.4.5;

(e) Have accumulated a minimum of 5 hours formation flying (under supervision), to demonstrate competency; and

(f) Have his or her certificate application endorsed by a Chief Flight Instructor who holds a Formation Endorsement, and

(g) forward the completed application form together with medical declaration and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office.

Period of Validity

A HGFA PPG Formation Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA PPG Pilot Certificate is valid, unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Formation Endorsement may be authorised in writing by a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor who holds a current Formation endorsement for PPG or the HGFA Operations Manager.

6.3.6.7 Radio Operator Endorsement

No HGFA Pilot Certificate holder shall operate aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment unless he or she has been issued with a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement, or is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed Instructor or SSO for the purpose of gaining a HGFA radio operator endorsement.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Radio Operator Endorsement must be able to intelligibly speak and understand the English language and shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(a) Hold a current CASA aeronautical radio operator certificate or licence ; or

(b) Hold a valid HGFA Pilot Certificate; and (iv) Have undertaken the course of instruction “VHF Radio Operator Syllabus” section 8.4.11; and (v) Have passed an examination for the issue of a Radio Operator Endorsement or Certificate approved in writing by the HGFA Operations

Manager or from another aviation administration organisation approved by the HGFA Operations Manager; and (c) Have his/her certificate endorsed by HGFA Operations Manager and Flight Instructor or Chief Flight Instructor who hold the

endorsement being sought.

Privileges

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement authorises the holder to operate on the approved aeronautical VHF radio frequencies when engaged in flying activities.

Note: The holder of a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement is at all times subject to the requirements of Civil Aviation Regulations and Orders, Aeronautical Information Publications and the Radio Communications Act.

Note: HGFA Student Pilot Certificate holders may operate aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment for the purpose of gaining a Radio Operator Endorsement providing they are under the direct supervision and control of an Instructor who holds the endorsement.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Note: Radio Operator Endorsement holders should ensure that the aircraft's or the pilot's call sign is displayed in a prominent and easy to read position to assist them when using aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement may be authorised by an HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer, who holds an Endorsement of the kind to be issued or the HGFA Operations Manager.

Page 76: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Powered Paraglider Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 76 of 162

6.3.6.8 Oxygen Endorsement

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of an Oxygen Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(a) Hold a valid HGFA Advanced Hang Gliding or Paragliding Pilot Certificate;

(b) Have undertaken a course of instruction in the safe use of supplementary oxygen breathing equipment conducted by an oxygen endorsed HGFA CFI;

(c) Have successfully passed theory examinations in accordance with the requirements of section 8.4.10, “Oxygen”, and demonstrated that he or she has reached the level of competency required, and

(d) Have his/her certificate endorsed by an appropriate HGFA CFI Instructor.

Privileges and Responsibilities

A HGFA Oxygen Endorsement authorises the holder to use supplementary breathing oxygen for flights greater than 10,000 feet above mean sea level.

Note: Aircraft operated under CAO 95.10 and 95.32 are not permitted to be flown above 10 000 FT. Flights over 10,000 ft. without the carriage and use of oxygen equipment is in breach of Civil Aviation Order 95.8, This can lead to cancellation of the endorsement and or disciplinary action.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Oxygen Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Advanced Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

The HGFA Oxygen Endorsement may only be authorised by a HGFA Flight Instructor who holds an Oxygen Endorsement.

Page 77: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Weightshift Microlight

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 77 of 162

6.3.7 Weightshift Microlight Certificates issued:

(a) Student Pilot.

(b) Weightshift Microlight Pilot.

6.3.7.1 Student Pilot (WM)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Student Pilot Certificate shall:

(c) have attained the age of 14 years and where the applicant is under the age of 18 years, written parental consent must be granted;

(d) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4.

Privileges

A Student Pilot Certificate authorises the holder to act, under the direct supervision of an approved HGFA WM Instructor who is under the supervision of an approved HGFA WM Chief Flight Instructor, as Pilot-In-Command for the purpose of:

(e) Weightshift microlighting Pilot Certificate; or

(f) engaging in flying practice in order to requalify for a certificate that is no longer valid.

Note: For the purposes of assessing his or her motivation and suitability to undergo continued flight training or as part of a recognised Weightshift Microlight Instruction Program, a person may undergo initial flight training for a maximum of 3 hours dual instruction before applying for a Student Pilot Certificate. Refer section 2.3.4..

Authority for Issue

The issue of Student Pilot Certificates may be authorised by the appropriate Instructor directly or as delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended a Student Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 12 months or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

6.3.7.2 Pilot Certificate (WM)

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Weightshift Microlight Pilot Certificate shall:

(a) hold a valid Weightshift Microlight Student Pilot Certificate;

(b) have attained the age of 15 years and where the applicant is under the age of 18 years, written parental consent must be granted;

(c) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4;

(d) have undergone theory and practical flight training in accordance with the syllabus as defined in the Memorandum Of Understanding between the HGFA and RAA. HGFA Doc: MoU-01

(e) demonstrated to an appropriate HGFA CFI, that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of a Weightshift microlighting Pilot Certificate; and

(f) be a full and current member of the HGFA.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Weightshift Microlight Pilot Certificate an applicant shall:

(g) have completed a minimum of 20 hours flying experience as student pilot in command in a weightshift microlight which, does not include the number of hours dual training required prior to flying solo, however, must include a minimum of 5 hours solo flying experience under the direct supervision of a Chief Flight Instructor(WM); or

Page 78: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Weightshift Microlight

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 78 of 162

(h) if having previous flying experience in hang gliders, gliders, aeroplanes or ultralights other than weightshift microlights, have completed at least 20 hours flying experience, of which a minimum of 10 hours flying experience must be gained in weightshift microlights, and have undertaken a minimum of 5 hours dual training and a minimum of 2 hours solo flying experience in a weightshift microlight under the direct supervision of a Chief Flight Instructor (WM).

Note: When examining pilots with previous aeronautical experience in aircraft other than weightshift microlights, the Chief Flight Instructor shall ensure that the applicant is instructed in the main handling differences between weightshift microlights and other aircraft.

Particular attention shall be given to:

(i) the level of understanding of the principles and limitations of weight shift controlled aircraft on the ground, in flight and during take-off and landing;

(j) the mechanics and dynamics of weight shift control;

(k) onset, occurrence and recovery from stalls;

(l) avoidance of “tumbling”;

(m) limitations of the flying envelope;

(n) behaviour of the aircraft in power off, and sudden loss of engine power; and

(o) the low inertia of aircraft.

Privileges

A Weightshift Microlight Pilot Certificate authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a weightshift microlight, subject to:

(p) operations being limited to a distance not greater than 25 nautical miles from the training airfield; or

(q) operations being limited to a distance not greater than 25 nautical miles from an airfield other than the training airfield where approval has been obtained from a WM CFI and training has been provided regarding the airspace within 25 nautical miles surrounding the proposed airfield; and

(r) any additional operations for which the pilot holds a valid endorsement, other than when undergoing training for the purpose of gaining an endorsement under the supervision of an authorised HGFA WM Instructor.

Note: The holder of a HGFA Microlight Pilot Certificate may pilot a weightshift microlight from the front seat only: unless otherwise specified in the aeroplane’s POH, or unless the holder is a qualified HGFA Weightshift microlight Apprentice Instructor, Flight Instructor or Chief Flight Instructor, or is undergoing training to gain an Apprentice Instructor Certificate under the direct supervision of a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor (WM).

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA Operations Manager, a Weightshift Microlight Pilot Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 2 years from the date of issue or renewal; or until HGFA membership requires renewal, whichever is the sooner.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of a Weightshift Microlight Pilot Certificate shall:

(s) have flown as pilot in command of a weightshift microlight on a regular basis, with a minimum of 10 hours flying as pilot in command of a weightshift microlight during the 12 months prior to the renewal date of the certificate;

(t) have successfully complete a Biennial Flight Review (BFR), prior to renewal, with either a HGFA Instructor Examiner, or a Chief Flight Instructor or a Flight Instructor delegated (in writing) by the HGFA Operations Manager; or have gained exemption from this requirement as specified under the heading “Biennial Flight Review” below;

(u) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4; and,

(v) forward the renewal application, medical declaration, check flight form and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least seven (7) days prior to the expiry date.

NOTE: Failure to renew a Pilot Certificate by the due date means that the Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Biennial Flight Review

The Biennial Flight Review (BFR) is a safety check designed to bring pilot and instructor together periodically for ongoing assessment of aircraft handling, current regulations and airmanship. It is however recognised that there are situations where this requirement is difficult to meet. Therefore an exemption from the requirement can be made available, where there is justified

Page 79: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Weighshift Microlight Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 79 of 162

reason to provide it. Exemption from the requirement for a Biennial Flight Check will generally only be provided in situations where there are extenuating circumstances restricting a pilot from access to an appropriate HGFA WM instructor or RA-Aus WM Instructor.

In most circumstances an application for the extension of time to arrange the BFR is all that is required and will be considered by the HGFA Operations Manager so long as commitment to set a date for the BFR is demonstrated and that date is not outside a 6 month period, starting from the initial date due.

An outright written exemption from the requirement for the BFR may otherwise be provided to such pilots upon written application to the HGFA Operations Manager where the pilot fulfils the following criteria:

(i) can provide a justified reason in writing as to why it is impractical to the pilot to meet the requirement for the BFR; and (ii) has completed at least one successful BFR flight since gaining a WM Pilot Certificate; and (iii) can provide evidence (copy of logged hours) of having maintained flying currency; or (iv) has completed a weightshift microlight pilot certificate or endorsement within the last two years.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Weightshift microlight Pilot Certificate may only be authorised by a HGFA WM Chief Flight Instructor or as delegated by the HGFA Operations Manager

6.3.8 Weighshift Microlight Pilot Endorsements 6.3.8.1 Cross Country Endorsement (WM)

No HGFA pilot certificate holder shall act as pilot in command of a WM aircraft;

(a) Unless they are the holder of a WM pilot certificate;

(b) at a distance greater than 25 nautical miles from the first airfield of departure;

(i) unless he or she is the holder of a valid WM Cross Country Endorsement; or

(ii) flight training exercises are being conducted under the supervision and control of a FI or CFI.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a WM Cross Country Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(c) Have accumulated a minimum of 10 hours cross country navigation, of which at least 4 hours was completed with formal instruction, and 1 hour solo (pilot-in-command) to demonstrate competency;

(d) Reach the standard required as specified in “ WM Pilot Training Syllabus” (section 8.4.4) and pass the written examination on the topics nominated in the syllabus, of basic aeronautical knowledge as required for this endorsement; or

(e) hold an RA-Aus Cross Country Endorsement; and

(f) have his or her certificate application endorsed by a HGFA WM Chief Flight Instructor.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA WM Cross Country Endorsement may be authorised in writing by a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor who holds a certificate of the kind to be issued.

Period of Validity

A HGFA WM/ Cross Country Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA WM/ Pilot Certificate is valid, unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

6.3.8.2 Tandem Endorsement - (WM)

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a WM Tandem endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(a) Hold a valid HGFA WM Pilot Certificate;

(b) Have accumulated a minimum of 10 hours as Pilot-In-Command of a WM aircraft;

Page 80: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Weighshift Microlight Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 80 of 162

(c) Undertake a Flight Test with a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor to demonstrate competency in passenger safety and comfort as specified in the Tandem (WM) syllabus, section 8.4.14; and

(d) Have his or her certificate application endorsed by a Chief Flight Instructor (WM).

(e) sign a declaration on the application form that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.4; and

(f) forward a completed application form and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office.

Period of Validity

A WM Tandem Endorsement shall remain valid:

(g) while the holder's WM Pilot Certificate is valid; and

(h) while the holder’s health standard complies with section 4.1.4 of this manual; or

(i) unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Currency Requirements

Prior to the conduct of Tandem operations, a Tandem Endorsement holder shall have completed not less than three take-offs and three landings in a WM aircraft in the last 90 day period.

Privileges

A WM Tandem Endorsement authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a suitable certified WM aircraft carrying a passenger subject to:

(j) no charge or instruction is applied to the passenger; and

(k) where the passenger is under 18 years of age, parental or guardian consent is granted.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a WM Tandem Endorsement may be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager or delegated in writing.

Carriage of Passengers

HGFA pilots shall not carry passengers in a HGFA registered weightshift microlight unless:

(l) the aircraft used is rated to carry passengers and is certified, refer to section 9.3.

(m) he or she is the holder of a valid Tandem endorsement for the aircraft type issued by HGFA;

Note: The aircraft must be rated to carry the combined weight of the Pilot, Passenger / Student and any Motor options for the type of launch and landing operation being operated;

(n) The aircraft used has been inspected and maintained in accordance with the requirements of; (i) Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards, see 9.6; (ii) The Aircraft Operator’s Manual; and (iii) Technical notices / bulletins.

(o) Where the Passenger is under 18 years of age, written parental or guardian consent is required.

(p) Passengers shall not be carried for hire or reward unless the flight is for bona fide instructional purposes.

6.3.8.3 Aerotow Launch - Tugmaster (WM)

No person shall pilot a weightshift microlight for the purpose of an aerotow launch unless:

(a) he or she has been issued with a HGFA Tugmaster Endorsement; or

(b) he or she is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor for the purpose of gaining a Tugmaster Endorsement; and

(c) all operations comply with all the requirements of the HGFA Towing Procedures Manual.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Tugmaster endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(d) hold a valid HGFA WM / RA-Aus Group B Pilot Certificate;

(e) have accumulated a minimum of 50 hours as pilot in command of a weightshift microlight; and

Page 81: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Weighshift Microlight Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 81 of 162

(f) have undertaken a course of instruction in aerotow operations (section 8.4.3) & demonstrated to an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor, his or her ability to perform safe and smooth aerotowing operations in a variety of conditions; and

(g) have attained the age of 18 years; and

(h) have his or her endorsement reccomendation by an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor.

Privileges and Responsibilities

A Tugmaster endorsed pilot will undertake to carry out aerotow operations subject to the following conditions:

(i) The aircraft is registered and airworthy, is approved for the aerotowing of hang gliders and has an approved and tested tow release system installed;

(j) The hang glider pilot is a current HGFA member and holds a valid HGFA Pilot Certificate with an Aerotow Endorsement (or is undergoing training to gain an Aerotow Endorsement under the supervision of an appropriately endorsed HGFA Instructor);

(k) The aerotow operations are carried out in accordance with the HGFA Towing Procedures Manual; and

(l) All operations are carried out to ensure the safety of the aircraft; and to minimise hazard to persons, and/ or property.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Tugmaster Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA WM Pilot Certificate is valid, unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Currency Requirements

Prior to the conduct of aero towing operations, a Tugmaster Endorsement holder shall have completed not less than three take-offs and three landings in the aircraft to be used in the last 90 day period.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Tugmaster Endorsement may only be authorised by a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor (WM) who holds a Tugmaster Endorsement.

6.3.8.4 Formation Endorsement (WM)

Formation Flying

No HGFA pilot certificate holder shall pilot a powered aircraft which is flying closer than 100 feet to another powered or unpowered aircraft unless he or she has been issued with a Formation Endorsement by the HGFA or he or she is undergoing flight training under the direct supervision and control of a WM Chief Flight Instructor for the purpose of gaining a Formation Endorsement.

Formation flight shall not be conducted without a comprehensive ground briefing between all participants.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Formation Flying Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(a) Hold a valid HGFA WM Pilot Certificate; and

(b) Have accumulated a minimum of 75 hours as Pilot-In-Command of a WM aircraft; and

(c) Have attained the age of 18 years; and

(d) Have passed the Formation Flying syllabus in accordance with section 8.4.5;

(e) Have accumulated a minimum of 5 hours formation flying (under supervision), of which at least 4 hours was completed with formal instruction, and 1 hour solo (pilot¬-in-command) to demonstrate competency; and

(f) Have his or her certificate application endorsed by a WM Chief Flight Instructor who holds a Formation Endorsement, and

(g) forward the completed application form together with medical declaration and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office.

Period of Validity

A HGFA WM Formation Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA WM Pilot Certificate is valid, unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

Page 82: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Pilot Certificates & Endorsements

Weighshift Microlight Pilot Endorsements

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 82 of 162

A HGFA Formation Endorsement may be authorised in writing by a HGFA Flight Instructor who holds a current Formation endorsement for WM

6.3.8.5 Radio Operator Endorsement

No HGFA Pilot Certificate holder shall operate aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment unless he or she has been issued with a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement, or is undergoing training under the direct supervision and control of an appropriately endorsed Instructor or SSO for the purpose of gaining a HGFA radio operator endorsement.

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of a Radio Operator Endorsement must be able to intelligibly speak and understand the English language and shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(h) Hold a current CASA aeronautical radio operator certificate or licence ; or

(i) Hold a valid HGFA Pilot Certificate; and (iv) Have undertaken the course of instruction “VHF Radio Operator Syllabus”, section 8.4.11; and (v) Have passed an examination for the issue of a Radio Operator Endorsement or Certificate approved in writing by the HGFA Operations

Manager or from another aviation administration organisation approved by the HGFA Operations Manager; and (j) Have his/her certificate endorsed by HGFA Operations Manager and Flight Instructor or Chief Flight Instructor who hold the

endorsement being sought.

Privileges

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement authorises the holder to operate on the approved aeronautical VHF radio frequencies when engaged in flying activities.

Note: The holder of a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement is at all times subject to the requirements of Civil Aviation Regulations and Orders, Aeronautical Information Publications and the Radio Communications Act.

Note: HGFA Student Pilot Certificate holders may operate aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment for the purpose of gaining a Radio Operator Endorsement providing they are under the direct supervision and control of an Instructor who holds the endorsement.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Note: Radio Operator Endorsement holders should ensure that the aircraft's or the pilot's call sign is displayed in a prominent and easy to read position to assist them when using aeronautical frequency VHF radio equipment.

Authority for Issue

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement may be authorised by an HGFA Instructor or Senior Safety Officer, who holds an Endorsement of the kind to be issued.

6.3.8.6 Oxygen Endorsement

Requirements for Issue

Applicants for the issue of an Oxygen Endorsement shall meet the following minimum requirements:

(k) Hold a valid HGFA Advanced Hang Gliding or Paragliding Pilot Certificate;

(l) Have undertaken a course of instruction in the safe use of supplementary oxygen breathing equipment conducted by an oxygen endorsed HGFA CFI;

(m) Have successfully passed theory examinations in accordance with the requirements of section 8.4.10, “Oxygen”, and demonstrated that he or she has reached the level of competency required, and

(n) Have his/her certificate endorsed by an appropriate HGFA CFI.

Privileges and Responsibilities

Page 83: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Ratings

Safety Officers

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 83 of 162

A HGFA Oxygen Endorsement authorises the holder to use supplementary breathing oxygen for flights greater than 10,000 feet above mean sea level.

Note: Aircraft operated under CAO 95.10 and 95.32 are not permitted to be flown above 10 000 FT. Flights over 10,000 ft. without the carriage and use of oxygen equipment is in breach of Civil Aviation Order 95.8, This can lead to cancellation of the endorsement and or disciplinary action.

Period of Validity

A HGFA Oxygen Endorsement shall remain valid only while the holder's HGFA Advanced Pilot Certificate is valid; unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

The HGFA Oxygen Endorsement may only be authorised by a HGFA Flight Instructor who holds an Oxygen Endorsement.

6.4 Ratings

6.4.1 Safety Officers Safety Officer Appointments are made as follows:

(a) Hang Glider Safety Officer

(b) Paraglider Safety Officer

(c) Powered Paraglider Safety Officer

(d) Powered Hang Glider Safety Officer

(e) Weightshift Microlight Safety Officer

Note: The appointment of Safety Officers is only effective for those sites and operations controlled by the nominating club.

Requirements for Appointment

An applicant for appointment as a Safety Officer shall:

(f) Hold a valid HGFA Intermediate, Advanced, WM or PPG Pilot Certificate with an appropriate Tow or Cross Country endorsement for supervision of these operations, where required;

(g) Have a genuine regard for safety and a demonstrated attitude of willing helpfulness;

(h) Have substantial operating experience and local knowledge of operations at the sites for which the appointment is sought;

(i) have had a minimum of two years of active operating experience as a pilot in command of the craft for which rating is sought;

(j) Have attended an approved HGFA or Club workshop for Safety Officers within the last 12 months;

(k) Have attained the age of 18 years;

(l) Submit a completed application form to the HGFA affiliated club; and

Safety Officer Responsibilities

Safety Officers should:

(m) act as Duty Pilot on request or as required; and

(n) assist a Duty Pilot where necessary

(o) adhere to the requirements stipulated in the Safety Managament Systems (Doc. SMS-05). (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register).

(p) immediately report accidents/incidents as stipulated in section 3.2.

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action, including suspension of ratings.

Page 84: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Ratings

Senior Safety Officers

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 84 of 162

Authority

A Safety Officer has full authority for any reasonable action necessary to discharge their responsibilities subject to any:

(q) statutory limitations;

(r) limitations imposed by the constitution of HGFA;

(s) limitations imposed in his/her notification of appointment; and

(t) specific limitations imposed by a Duty Pilot.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the issuing club the appointment of Safety Officer shall remain valid for a period of 4 years from the date of issue or renewal providing all required qualifications are maintained current and valid.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of a Safety Officer appointment shall:

(u) Have attended an approved Safety Officer workshop within the two year period prior to the application for renewal;

(v) Apply to the appropriate club for renewal of the appointment; and

(w) Have displayed and actively undertaken the responsibilities of a Safety Officer.

Authority for Appointment

The appointment of a Safety Officer may only be authorised by a Club or Association affiliated with the HGFA.

6.4.2 Senior Safety Officers Safety Officer Appointments are made as follows:

(a) Hang Glider Safety Officer

(b) Paraglider Safety Officer

(c) Powered Paraglider Safety Officer

(d) Powered Hang Glider Safety Officer

(e) Weightshift Microlight Safety Officer

One or more Senior Safety Officers are appointed for each club affiliated with the HGFA to assist in the supervision of operations at sites controlled by the club.

Requirements for Appointment

An applicant for appointment as a Senior Safety Officer shall:

(f) Hold a valid HGFA Intermediate, Advanced, WM or PPG Pilot Certificate with an appropriate Tow or Cross Country endorsement for supervision of these operations, where required;

(g) have a genuine regard for safety and a demonstrated attitude of willing helpfulness;

(h) have had a minimum of four years of active operating experience as a Safety Officer;

(i) have participated in the conduct of an approved HGFA or Club workshop for Safety Officers, within the last 24 months;

(j) have attained the age of 21 years;

(k) be recommended for the appointment by their club thorough submission of a completed application form to the HGFA Operations Manager; and

(l) Hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent.

Responsibilities

Senior Safety Officers will undertake to carry out the following duties, for which they are responsible to the HGFA Operations Manager:

(m) Assist the club to prepare a roster of Duty Pilots if necessary for operations at sites under the control of the club;

(n) Assist the club to formulate recommendations to the HGFA Operations Manager for the improvement of HGFA documentation, standards or procedures as is considered necessary to improve safety;

Page 85: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Certificates, Endorsements & Ratings - Ratings

Senior Safety Officers

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 85 of 162

(o) Recommend the approval for the issuance of Intermediate and Advanced Pilot Certificates, and endorsements, to HGFA members; and

(p) Ensure that club members are provided with an opportunity to undertake examinations as required for the issue of pilot certificates and endorsements.

(q) adhere to the requirements stipulated in the Safety Managament Systems (Doc. SMS-05). (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register).

(r) Immediately report accidents/incidents as stipulated in section 3.2.

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action, including suspension of ratings.

Authority

A Senior Safety Officer has full authority for any reasonable action necessary to discharge their responsibilities subject to any:

(s) statutory limitations;

(t) limitations imposed by the constitution of HGFA; and

(u) limitations imposed in his/her notification of appointment.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA Operations Manager the appointment of Senior Safety Officer shall remain valid for a period of four years from the date of issue or renewal providing all required qualifications are maintained current and valid.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of a Senior Safety Officer appointment shall:

(v) have participated in the conduct of an approved Safety Officer workshop within the two year period prior to the application for renewal;

(w) be recommended by the appropriate club for renewal of the appointment; and

(x) have displayed the qualities, and actively undertaken the responsibilities of a Senior Safety Officer.

Authority for Appointment

The appointment of a Senior Safety Officer may only be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Page 86: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Flight Experience Instructor Certificate (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 86 of 162

7 Instructor Certificates

7.1 Types and Requirements Hang Gliding and Paragliding

Hang Glider and Paraglider Instructor certificates are issued on five levels as follows:

(a) Flight Experience Instructor (least experienced),

(b) Apprentice Instructor Certificate,

(c) Flight Instructor Certificate,

(d) Chief Flight Instructor Certificate, and

(e) Instructor Examiner Certificate (most experienced).

Weightshift Microlighting & Powered Paragliding

Weightshift microlight and Powered Paragliding Instructor certificates are issued on five levels as follows:

(a) Flight Experience Instructor (least experienced),

(b) Apprentice Instructor Certificate,

(c) Flight Instructor Certificate,

(d) Chief Flight Instructor Certificate, and

(e) Instructor Examiner Certificate (most experienced).

7.1.1 Flight Experience Instructor Certificate (HG/PG) Certificates Issued:

(a) Hang Gliding Flight Experience Instructor

(b) Paragliding Flight Experience Instructor

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Flight Experience Instructor Certificate shall:

(c) hold a valid HGFA Advanced Pilot Certificate for the type of aircraft the certificate is being sought;

(d) hold a valid Safety Officer or Senior Safety Officer appointment;

(e) have undergone and succsessfully completed an approved HGFA Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) training course in accordance with section 8.4.15, for the type of aircraft for which the certificate is being sought; and

(f) Hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent.;

(g) have undergone a Flight Experience Instructor Training Course recognised by HGFA;

(h) Sign a HGFA Instructor Code of Conduct form; and

(i) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

(j) forward a completed application form, signed Instructor Code of Conduct form, a copy their First Aid Certificate and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office.

Aeronautical Experience

Minimum of 200 hours; or 100 hours and 500 landings as pilot in command over a period of at least 12 months

Privileges

A Flight Experience Instructor Certificate authorises the holder to carry out the following duties, under the supervision of a Chief Flight Instructor at an approved HGFA Flight Training Facility:

(k) carry out Training Introductory Flights (TIFs) with persons who are HGFA student members; and

(l) demonstrate the aircraft’s controls to the prospective pilot and may hand over aircraft’s control to that person on the condition that the Flight Experience Instructor must carry out all launches, circuits, approaches and landings.

Page 87: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Flight Experience Instructor Certificate (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 87 of 162

Responsibilities

Flight Experience Instructors will undertake to carry out the following duties, for which they are responsible to the Chief Flight Instructor:

(m) Conduct Introductory training flights in accordance with the standards, procedures and regulations set out in this Operations Manual,

(n) Each morning of operation, discusses with their supervising CFI the operational plans and the requirements, skills or expected achievements of the participants and;

(o) After operations have been completed for the day, discusses with their supervising CFI the outcomes of the days operations and the performance of the participants.

(p) Ensure that all aircraft used for operations are in an airworthy state and that all aircraft and associated equipment meet or exceed the HGFA airworthiness standards appropriate to the Operations for which they are used.

(q) Ensure that accurate and complete logs are maintained of all flying operations and training aircraft.

(r) Conduct the operational and administrative aspects of his or her assigned duties in such a manner so as not to bring the HGFA, its Officers, Members, affiliates or Associations into disrepute.

(s) On request, furnish all the logs, training documentation and information necessary to satisfy the Operations Manager that all operations are being conducted in accordance with the requirements of this Operations Manual.

(t) Ensure that he or she undertakes regular solo flights so as to maintain a high personal level of pilot competency and currency.

Flight Experience Instructors must immediately report any accidents / incidents to their CFI and/or the Operations Manager, and report the accident / incident via the HGFA online AIRS database or HGFA forms: SM-01 and SMS-02 (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register).

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents during training for certificates or endorsements is considered a breach of duty by instructors and also is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Note: Failure to supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager as proof of training and standards compliance is considered a breach of duty by instructors and can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA Operations Manager, a Flight Experience Instructor Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 2 years from the date of issue or renewal.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of an Fight Experience Instructor Certificate shall satisfy all the requirements for the initial issue of the certificate; and,

(u) have conducted a minimum of ten flights as pilot in command of an aircraft of the type for which renewal of the Flight Experience Instructor Certificate is sought in the six month period prior to Certificate renewal; and

(v) within the 90 days prior to the expiry date of his or her certificate submit to a check flight with a HGFA CFI certified in the specific discipline for renewal (HG/PG) and demonstrate his or her competency and ability to conduct Training Introductory Flights; and

(w) have accumulated, in each of the two years prior to the application for renewal, a minimum of 25 hours as pilot in command of an aircraft of the type for which renewal of the Flight Experience Instructor Certificate is sought.

(x) forward a completed renewal application, copy of First Aid Certificate, copy of their Medical Statement, copy of training flight logs and aircraft maintenance logs and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least twenty eight (28) days prior to the Certificate expiry date.

Note

Failure to renew any flight instructor certificate, or any of the required qualifications, by the due date means that the Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Page 88: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Flight Experience Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 88 of 162

Flight Instructors may be required to submit to regular in-flight checks in accordance with the requirements of their CFI or the HGFA Operations Manager.

Where the minimum aeronautical experience requirements have not been met prior to renewal, the HGFA Operations Manager may consider renewal as a special case; provided there is sufficient supporting recommendation from a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Flight Experience Instructor Certificate may only be authorised in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager or their delegate.

7.1.2 Flight Experience Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG) Certificate Issued:

(a) Weight shift Microlight Flight Experience Instructor.

(b) Powered Paraglider Flight Experience Instructor.

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Weightshift Microlight or Powered Paraglider, Flight Experience Instructor Certificate shall:

(c) hold a valid HGFA Weightshift microlight or Powered Paraglider Pilot Certificate;

(d) have undergone and succsessfully completed an approved HGFA Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) training course in accordance with section 8.4.15, for the type of aircraft for which the certificate is being sought; and

(e) have undergone the appropriate Flight Experience Instructor Training Course which is recognised by HGFA; and

(f) Hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent.

(g) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5;

(h) forward a completed application form, signed Instructor Code of Conduct form, a copy their First Aid Certificate and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to commencing a HGFA Flight Experience Instructor training course and undergoing assessment for the issue of a Flight Instructor Certificate, an applicant shall:

(i) have completed a minimum of 200 hours flying experience as pilot in command in Weightshift Microlights or Powered Paraglider over a period of at least twelve months from WM/PPG Pilot Certificate issue; or

(j) have completed a minimum of 100 hours flying experience with a minimum of 500 landings as pilot in command in weightshift microlight or powered paraglider over a period of at least twelve months from WM/PPG Pilot Certificate issue.

Privileges

A WM/PPG Flight Experience Instructor Certificate authorises the holder to carry out the following duties under the supervision of a WM/PPG Chief Flight Instructor at an approved HGFA Flight Training Facility:

(k) carry out Training Introductory Flights (TIFs) with persons who are HGFA student members; and

(l) demonstrate the aircraft's controls to the prospective pilot and may hand over aircraft control to that person on the condition that the Flight Experience Instructor must carry out all take-offs, circuits, approaches and landings.

(m) not exercise the privileges of his or her certificate unless within the preceding 90 days he or she has carried out a minimum of 5 hours in-flight experience as a Flight Experience Instructor in a weightshift microlight or powered paraglider (whichever is appropriate); or within the preceding 90 days he or she has passed a satisfactory flight check with a Chief Flight Instructor.

Responsibilities

Flight Experience Instructors will undertake to carry out the following duties, for which they are responsible to the Chief Flight Instructor:

(n) Conduct Introductory training flights in accordance with the standards, procedures and regulations set out in this Operations Manual

Page 89: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Flight Experience Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 89 of 162

(o) Each morning of operation, discusses with their supervising CFI the operational plans and the requirements, skills or expected achievements of the participants and;

(p) After operations have been completed for the day, discusses with their supervising CFI the outcomes of the days operations and the performance of the participants.

(q) Ensure that all aircraft used for training operations are in an airworthy state and that all aircraft and associated equipment meet or exceed the HGFA airworthiness standards appropriate to the operations for which they are used.

(r) Ensure that accurate and complete logs are maintained of all flying operations and training aircraft.

(s) Conduct the operational and administrative aspects of his or her assigned duties in such a manner so as not to bring the HGFA, its Officers, Members, Affiliates or Associations into disrepute.

(t) On request, furnish all the logs and information necessary to satisfy the Operations Manager that all training operations are being conducted in accordance with the requirements of this Operations Manual.

Ensure that he or she undertakes regular solo flights so as to maintain a high personal level of pilot competency and currency.

Flight Experience Instructors must immediately report any accidents / incidents to their CFI and/or the Operations Manager, and report the accident / incident via the HGFA online AIRS database or HGFA forms: SM-01 and SMS-02 (See 1.3 - HGFA Operational Documents Register).

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents during training for certificates or endorsements is considered a breach of duty by instructors and also is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Note: Failure to supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager as proof of training and standards compliance is considered a breach of duty by instructors and can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA Operations Manager, a Flight Experience Instructor Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 2 years from the date of issue or renewal.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of an Fight Experience Instructor Certificate shall satisfy all the requirements for the initial issue of the certificate; and,

(u) have conducted a minimum of ten Tandem flights in a weightshift microlight or powered paraglider (whichever is appropriate) in the six month period prior to Certificate renewal; and

(v) within the 90 days prior to the expiry date of his or her certificate, submit to a check flight with a HGFA CFI certified in the specific discipline for renewal (WM/PPG) and demonstrate his or her competency and ability to conduct Training Introductory Flights; and

(w) have accumulated, in each of the two years prior to the application for renewal, a minimum of 25 hours as pilot in command of a weightshift microlight or powered paraglider (whichever is appropriate).

(x) forward a completed renewal application, copy of First Aid Certificate, copy of their Medical Statement, copy of training flight logs and aircraft maintenance logs and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least twenty eight (28) days prior to the Certificate expiry date.

Note

Failure to renew any flight instructor certificate, or any of the required qualifications, by the due date means that the Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Flight Instructors may be required to submit to regular in-flight checks in accordance with the requirements of their CFI or the HGFA Operations Manager.

Where the minimum aeronautical experience requirements have not been met prior to renewal, the HGFA Operations Manager may consider renewal as a special case; provided there is sufficient supporting recommendation from a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor.

Authority for Issue

Page 90: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Apprentice Instructor Certificate (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 90 of 162

The issue of a Flight Experience Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG) may only be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager in writing.

7.1.3 Apprentice Instructor Certificate (HG/PG) Certificates Issued

(a) Apprentice Hang Glider Instructor.

(b) Apprentice Paraglider Instructor.

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of an Apprentice Instructor Certificate shall:

(c) hold a valid HGFA Advanced Pilot Certificate;

(d) hold a valid Safety Officer appointment;

(e) have passed all Pilot Certificate Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations within the preceding 2 months;

(f) Hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent;

(g) have attained the age of 18 years;

(h) sign a HGFA Instructor Code of Conduct form; and

(i) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

(j) forward a completed application form, signed Instructor Code of Conduct form and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to applying for the issue of an Apprentice Instructor Certificate an applicant shall:

(k) Hold an Advanced Pilot Certificate for the type of aircraft for which the Apprentice certificate is sought; and

(l) Have completed a minimum of 200 hours; or 100 hours and 500 landings over at least the last 18 months, as pilot in command of the type of aircraft for which the Apprentice certificate is sought.

Privileges

An Apprentice Instructor Certificate authorises the holder to give assistance in the provision of ground and flight instruction. The holder of an Apprentice Instructor Certificate shall:

(m) Provide assistance in ground and flight instruction only under the direct supervision of a Chief Flight Instructor; and

(n) not exercise the privileges of his or her certificate unless within the preceding 90 days he or she has carried out a minimum of two flights in the actual glider being used by the student.

Note: There are two intended purposes in this requirement: (a) To ensure that the “actual glider” to be flown by the Student is airworthy and its flight characteristics are known to be

appropriate for instruction. (b) That the Apprentice Instructor is current in that glider type and class.

An exception may arise when for example, the Student weighs 50Kg and the Instructor weighs 150Kg. Therefore the “actual glider” may not be

appropriately rated. To satisfy (a), the “actual glider” must be flown by an advanced Pilot or another instructor twice within the preceding 90 days

and its suitability for training determined.

Responsibilities

Apprentice Instructors will undertake the following duties, for which they are responsible to their approved CFI:

(o) Under the instruction and supervision of a Chief Flight Instructor, assist in the conduct of training of HGFA Student Pilots in accordance with the standards, procedures and regulations set out in this Operations Manual, the HGFA Training Syllabus and Guidelines and the relevant legislation.

(p) Conduct the operational and administrative aspects of his or her assigned duties in such a manner so as not to bring the HGFA, its Officers, Members, Affiliates or Associations into disrepute.

(q) Maintain an accurate and complete apprentice training log, that is endorsed on a daily basis by the Chief Flight Instructor providing direct supervision.

(r) Ensure that all aircraft used for flight training are in an airworthy state and that all aircraft and associated equipment meet or exceed the HGFA airworthiness standards appropriate to the operations for which they are used.

Page 91: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Apprentice Instructor Certificate (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 91 of 162

(s) Report to his or her CFI, without delay, any faults, or defects, appearing in training aircraft that render the aircraft un-airworthy or otherwise unsuitable for training. Ensure that the fault or defect has been repaired prior to conducting further training flights in that aircraft.

(t) Ensure that sufficient and regular solo in-flight practice is carried out, so as to maintain a high personal level of pilot competency and currency.

(u) Apprentice Instructors must immediately report any accidents / incidents to their CFI and/or the Operations Manager, and report the accident / incident via the HGFA online AIRS database or HGFA forms: SM-01 and SMS-02 (See 1.3 - HGFA Operational Documents Register).

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents during training for certificates or endorsements is considered a breach of duty by instructors and also is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Note: Failure to supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager as proof of training and standards compliance is considered a breach of duty by instructors and can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA Operations Manager, an Apprentice Instructor Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 2 years from the date of issue or renewal.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of an Apprentice Instructor Certificate shall satisfy all the requirements for the initial issue of the certificate; and,

(v) have accumulated a minimum of 30 hours of instructional duties in the two year period prior to renewal;

(w) within the 90 days prior to the expiry date of his or her certificate submit to a check flight with a HGFA CFI and successfully demonstrated his or her competency and instructional ability.

(x) forward a completed renewal application, copy of First Aid Certificate, copy of their Medical Statement, copy of training flight logs and aircraft maintenance logs and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least twenty eight (28) days prior to the Certificate expiry date.

Note

Failure to renew any flight instructor certificate, or any of the required qualifications, by the due date means that the Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Flight Instructors may be required to submit to regular in-flight checks in accordance with the requirements of their CFI or the HGFA Operations Manager.

Where the minimum aeronautical experience requirements have not been met prior to renewal, the HGFA Operations Manager may consider renewal as a special case; provided there is sufficient supporting recommendation from a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor.

Authority for Issue

The issue of an Apprentice Instructor Certificate may only be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Page 92: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Apprentice Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 92 of 162

7.1.4 Apprentice Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG) Certificate Issued:

(a) Weight Shift Microlight Apprentice Instructor.

(b) Powered Paragliding Apprentice Instructor.

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a WM/PPG Apprentice Instructor Certificate shall:

(c) hold a valid HGFA Pilot Certificate;

(d) have attained the age of 18 years;

(e) hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent.

(f) sign a HGFA Instructor Code of Conduct form; and

(g) forward to the HGFA office a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5;

and

(h) forward a completed application form, signed Instructor Code of Conduct form and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to commencing a HGFA approved instructor training course and undergoing an in-flight examination for the issue of an Apprentice Instructor Certificate an applicant shall:

(i) have not less than 75 hours flying experience as a Pilot-In-Command of a weightshift microlight / powered paraglider gained over a period of at least twelve months from WM/PPG Pilot Certificate issue, of which a minimum of 5 hours must be as Pilot-in-Command from the rear seat / position, in a variety of weather conditions under the direct supervision of a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor; or

(j) if having previous flying experience in hang gliders, gliders, aeroplanes or ultralights other than weightshift microlights / powered paraglider have completed at least 100 hours aeronautical experience, of which a minimum of 50 hours flying experience must be as a Pilot-In-Command of a weightshift microlight gained over a period of six months, of which a minimum of 5 hours must be as Pilot-in-Command from the rear seat / position, in a variety of weather conditions under the direct supervision of a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor.

Note: Where previous experience is gained as Pilot In Command of a hang glider, written approval may be granted by the HGFA Operations Manager to reduce the minimum number of hours experience required as pilot in command of a weightshift microlight prior to Apprentice Certificate issue.

Privileges

An Apprentice Instructor Certificate authorises the holder to give ground and in-flight instruction in WM/PPG, where the holder is in the employ and under the direct supervision of an approved WM/PPG Chief Flight Instructor.

The holder of an Apprentice Instructor Certificate shall:

(k) Conduct ground and in-flight instruction only under the direct supervision of a Chief Flight Instructor or appropriately qualified Flight Instructor that has been recommended by a Chief Flight Instructor and approved in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager;

(l) not authorise the undertaking of a First Solo, or subsequent solo flights by a Student Pilot;

(m) not exercise the privileges of his or her certificate unless within the preceding 90 days he or she has carried out a minimum of 5 hours in-flight experience as a flight instructor in a WM/PPG; or within the preceding 90 days he or she has passed a satisfactory flight check with a Chief Flight Instructor.

Note: A HGFA Apprentice Instructor Certificate holder may give in flight instruction in a weightshift microlight under the direct supervision of a relevant (WM/PPG) Chief Flight Instructor (or under a (WM/PPG) instructor which has been approved in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager) at a HGFA Approved Facility. Any such instruction must be conducted as part of a bona fide training course and follow a HGFA approved flight training syllabus.

Responsibilities

Apprentice Instructors will undertake the following duties, for which they are responsible to the Chief Flight Instructor:

Page 93: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Apprentice Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 93 of 162

(n) Under the instruction and supervision of a Chief Flight Instructor, conduct ab initio training of HGFA Student Pilots in accordance with the standards, procedures and regulations set out in this Operations manual, the HGFA Training Syllabus and Guidelines and the relevant legislation.

(o) Conduct the operational and administrative aspects of his or her assigned duties in such a manner so as not to bring the HGFA, its Officers, Members, Affiliates or Associations into disrepute.

(p) Ensure that all aircraft used in his or her flight training are in a clean and airworthy state and also satisfy himself or herself that those aircraft are properly maintained and registered with the HGFA, and where available, have public liability insurance.

(q) Report to his or her Chief Flight Instructor without delay, any faults, or defects, appearing in training aircraft that render the aircraft un-airworthy or otherwise unsuitable for training. Ensure that the fault or defect has been repaired prior to conducting further training flights in that aircraft

Note: If an aircraft is found to have faults or defects, then ensure that the aircraft is not mistakenly used by others. Pack and tag.

(r) Ensure that sufficient and regular solo in-flight practice is carried out, so as to maintain a high personal level of pilot competency and currency.

(s) Apprentice Instructors must immediately report any accidents / incidents to their CFI and/or the Operations Manager, and report the accident / incident via the HGFA online AIRS database or HGFA forms: SM-01 and SMS-02 (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register).

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents during training for certificates or endorsements is considered a breach of duty by instructors and also is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Note: Failure to supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager as proof of training and standards compliance is considered a breach of duty by instructors and can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA Operations Manager an Apprentice Instructor Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 2 years from the date of issue or renewal providing all required qualifications are maintained current and valid.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of an Apprentice Instructor Certificate shall satisfy all the requirements for the initial issue of the certificate; and,

(t) have accumulated a minimum of 30 hours of instructional duties in the two year period prior to renewal;

(u) within the 90 days prior to the expiry date of his or her certificate submit to a check flight with a HGFA CFI and successfully demonstrated his or her competency and instructional ability.

(v) forward a completed renewal application, copy of First Aid Certificate, copy of their Medical Statement, copy of training flight logs and aircraft maintenance logs and appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least twenty eight (28) days prior to the Certificate expiry date.

Note

Failure to renew any flight instructor certificate, or any of the required qualifications, by the due date means that the Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Flight Instructors may be required to submit to regular in-flight checks in accordance with the requirements of their CFI or the HGFA Operations Manager.

Where the minimum aeronautical experience requirements have not been met prior to renewal, the HGFA Operations Manager may consider renewal as a special case; provided there is sufficient supporting recommendation from a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor.

Authority for Issue

The issue of an Apprentice Instructor Certificate may only be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager on recommendation from a HGFA CFI.

Page 94: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Flight Instructor Certificate (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 94 of 162

7.1.5 Flight Instructor Certificate (HG/PG) Certificates Issued:

(a) Hang Gliding Flight Instructor

(b) Paragliding Flight Instructor

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Flight Instructor Certificate shall:

(c) hold a valid HGFA Advanced Pilot Certificate;

(d) hold a valid Apprentice Instructor Certificate of the same aircraft type for which the Flight Instructor Certificate is sought;

(e) Hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent.;

(f) have successfully passed the HGFA Flight Instructor Theory Examination to the standard specified in the HGFA Flight Instructor Training Program;

(g) have undergone and successfully completed an Instructor Training Course which is recognised by HGFA (Cert. 4 in Training & Assessment or equivalent);

(h) have attained the age of 18 years;

(i) have observed and assisted (as an approved Apprentice Instructor) in the provision of flight instruction in at least two (2) HGFA Approved Training Facilities for a minimum of twelve (12) days in total which includes a minimum of 30 hours theory instructional duties;

(j) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

(k) forward a copy of appropriately endorsed Apprentice Instructor Training logs, completed application form and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office; and

(l) demonstrate to his or her Chief Flight Instructor the ability to give instruction to persons undergoing training; and

(m) The level of competency required is: (i) to be able to give flight instruction, including pre-flight and post flight briefing, in flight assistance, as well as demonstrations of skills

and techniques for all parts of the Pilot Training Syllabus, with a first attempt accuracy of 90 percent; and (ii) to be able to accurately explain all aspects of the Pilot training and Aeronautical Knowledge syllabus (as it relates to student-novice

pilots), with explanations adjusted to suit the individual, and demonstrate an ability to assess a Student's understanding of syllabus subjects.

Aeronautical Experience

Minimum of 50 hours in-flight instructional duties and a minimum of 30 hours theory training experience.

Privileges

A Flight Instructor Certificate authorises the holder to give flight and theory instruction where the holder:

(n) is in the employ and under the supervision of an approved HGFA Chief Flight Instructor, or

(o) is a member of a HGFA affiliated and Incorporated Club and is under the supervision of an approved HGFA Chief Flight Instructor who is also a member of that club, or

(p) is engaged in training operations with written approvals from the HGFA Operations Manager and (i) his or her employing CFI, or (ii) club or clubs who may have responsibility for the region or area, or (iii) under the supervision of a CFI of the responsible club in accordance with (ii).

Responsibilities

Flight Instructors will undertake the following duties, for which they are responsible to their approved supervisor:

(q) Conduct theory and flight instruction on aircraft of the type for which the Flight Instructor Certificate is issued;

(r) under the directions of his or her supervisor, conduct ab initio to basic soaring skills training, of HGFA Student and Supervised Pilots in accordance with the standards, procedures and regulations set out in this Operations Manual, the HGFA Training Syllabus and Guidelines and the relevant legislation.

(s) Conduct the operational and administrative aspects of his or her assigned duties in such a manner so as not to bring the HGFA, its Officers, Members, Affiliates or Associations into disrepute.

Page 95: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Flight Instructor Certificate (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 95 of 162

(t) Assess the readiness for, and authorise, Student Pilots to undertake first solo flight but only after being authorised to do so by his or her supervisor.

(u) When authorised by the Chief Flight Instructor and approved by the Operations Manager, take control of an approved HGFA Training Facility at such times when the Chief Flight Instructor is absent or on leave due to illness.

(v) Take control of a remote Training Facility when requested to do so by his or her supervisor, and report the activities of the remote facility to his or her Chief Flight Instructor, at the close of each days flying.

(w) Maintain accurate and complete records and logs of all training activities, including individual student records, instruction log and lesson plans as well as aircraft logs where appropriate.

(x) Ensure that all aircraft used by his or her flight training facility are in an airworthy state and that all aircraft and associated equipment meet or exceed the HGFA airworthiness standards appropriate to the operations for which they are used.

(y) Report to his or her supervisor, without delay, any faults, or defects, appearing in training aircraft that render the aircraft un-airworthy or otherwise unsuitable for training. Ensure that the fault or defect has been repaired prior to conducting further training flights on the aircraft.

(z) Ensure that he or she undertakes regular solo flights so as to maintain a high personal level of pilot competency and currency.

(aa) not exercise the privileges of his or her certificate unless within the preceding 90 days he or she has carried out a minimum of three flights in an aircraft similar to the aircraft being used by the student.

Flight Instructors must immediately report any accidents / incidents to their CFI and/or the Operations Manager, and report the accident / incident via the HGFA online AIRS database or HGFA forms: SM-01 and SMS-02 (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register).

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents during training for certificates or endorsements is considered a breach of duty by instructors and also is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Note: Failure to supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager as proof of training and standards compliance is considered a breach of duty by instructors and can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA Operations Manager a Flight Instructor Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 2 years from the date of issue or renewal providing all required qualifications are maintained current and valid.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of a Flight Instructor Certificate shall:

(bb) Have accumulated (and logged) a minimum of 24 student days of instructing and including at least 3 pilots achieving the issue of a Supervised Pilot Certificate in the two year period prior to the application for renewal (where a student day means one student for one day, e.g. a class of 4 students for 1 day equals 4 student days);

(cc) have accumulated, in the two year period prior to the application for renewal, a minimum of 25 hours as pilot in command of an aircraft of the type for which renewal of the Flight Instructor Certificate is sought;

(dd) attend an approved HGFA Flight Instructor refresher program or HGFA National Coaching Conference in the four year period prior to the application;

(ee) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

(ff) forward an annual renewal application, copy of the current First Aid Certificate, copies of suitably endorsed training logs and the appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least twenty eight (28) days prior to the expiry date.

Notes:

Failure to renew any flight instructor certificate, or any of the required qualifications, by the due date means that the Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Flight Instructors may be required to submit to regular in-flight checks in accordance with the requirements of their CFI or the HGFA Operations Manager.

Where the minimum aeronautical experience requirement, minimum instructional requirements or flight instructor refresher program requirements have not been met prior to renewal, the HGFA Operations Manager may consider renewal as a special case, provided there is sufficient supporting recommendation or reason, and that any renewal on this basis is

Page 96: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Flight Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 96 of 162

provided in writing to the members concerned with a specific period of extension nominated by the Operations Manager or his or her delegate and the details of the extension remain held on record.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Flight Instructor Certificate may only be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager (or delegate).

7.1.6 Flight Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG) Certificate Issued:

(a) Weightshift Microlight Flight Instructor Certificate.

(b) Powered Paraglider Flight Instructor Certificate.

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a Flight Instructor (WM/PPG) Certificate shall:

(c) hold a valid HGFA Apprentice Instructor Certificate of the same aircraft type for which the Flight Instructor Certificate is sought;

(d) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; together with a completed application form and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office;

(e) Hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent.

(f) have undergone an Instructor Training Course which is recognised by HGFA HGFA (Cert. 4 in Training & Assessment or equivalent);

(g) have completed a minimum of 30 hours theory instructional duties related to the aircraft for which the certificate is sought, as an Apprentice Instructor (evidence sighted by a CFI and signed on the application form);

(h) have completed a minimum of 50 hours in-flight instructional duties as an Apprentice Instructor in WM/PPG aircraft which includes training a minimum of three students upto first solo standard;

(i) satisfy his or her Chief Flight Instructor, that he or she is capable of carrying out the duties of a Flight Instructor;

(j) demonstrate to his or her Chief Flight Instructor the ability to correctly assess a student's readiness to undertake a first solo flight on at least three separate occasions;

(k) demonstrate to his or her Chief FIight Instructor the ability to give ground instruction to persons undergoing training in a weightshift controlled aeroplane; and

(i) The level of competency required is to be able to give ground lessons, pre flight and post flight briefings on any or all parts of the WM/PPG Pilot Training Syllabus, with a first attempt accuracy of 90 percent. To be able to accurately explain all aspects of the syllabus, with explanations adjusted to suit the individual, and demonstrate an ability to assess a Student's understanding of syllabus subjects.

(l) demonstrate to a HGFA Instructor Examiner his or her ability to give in-flight instruction in a PPG aircraft or a two place WM aircraft; and

(i) The level of competency required is to be able to give in-flight instruction on all flying sequences listed in the Pilot Training Syllabus. The applicant must be able to accurately and safely fly each sequence, to the satisfaction of the CFI or Instructor Examiner.

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking an assessment for upgrading his or her Apprentice Instructor Certificate to a Flight Instructor Certificate a candidate shall have not less than 100 hours flying experience in WM/PPG, of which a minimum of 50 hours must have been accumulated in-flight instructional duties in WM/PPG.

Privileges

A Flight Instructor Certificate authorises the holder to give flight and theory instruction where the holder:

(m) is in the employ and under the supervision of an approved HGFA Chief Flight Instructor, or

(n) is a member of a HGFA affiliated and Incorporated Club and is under the supervision of an approved HGFA Chief Flight Instructor who is also a member of that club, or

(o) is engaged in training operations with written approvals from the HGFA Operations Manager and;

Page 97: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Flight Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 97 of 162

(i) his or her employing CFI, or (ii) club or clubs who may have responsibility for the region or area, or (iii) under the supervision of a CFI of the responsible club in accordance with (ii).

Responsibilities

Flight Instructors will undertake to carry out the following duties, for which they are responsible to the Chief Flight Instructor:

(p) Give ground and in-flight instruction to HGFA Student Pilots; Under the supervisionof a Chief Flight Instructor, conduct ab initio training of HGFA Student Pilots in accordance with the standards, procedures and regulations set out in this Operations Manual, the HGFA Training Syllabus and Guidelines and relevant legislation

(q) Conduct the operational and administrative aspects of his or her assigned duties in such a manner so as not to bring the HGFA, its Officers, Members, Affiliates or Associations into disrepute.

(r) Assess the readiness for and authorise Student Pilots to undertake first solo and subsequent solo flights, but only after being authorised to do so by his or her Chief Flight Instructor.

(s) When authorised by the Chief Flight Instructor and approved in writing by the Operations Manager, take control of a Flight Training Facility at such times when the Chief Flight Instructor is absent.

(t) Take control of a remote Flight Training Facility when requested to do so by his or her Chief Flight Instructor, and report the activities of the remote facility to his or her Chief Flight Instructor, at regular and frequent intervals.

(u) Ensure that all aircraft used by his or her flight training facility are in a clean and airworthy state and also satisfy himself or herself that those aircraft are properly registered and maintained with the HGFA and where available, have public liability insurance.

(v) Report to his or her Chief Flight Instructor, without delay, any faults, or defects, appearing in training aircraft that render the aircraft un-airworthy or otherwise unsuitable for training. Ensure that the fault or defect has been repaired prior to conducting further training flights in that aircraft.

(w) Ensure that sufficient and regular solo in-flight practice is carried out, so as to maintain a high personal level of pilot competency and currency.

(x) Flight Instructors must immediately report any accidents / incidents to their CFI and/or the Operations Manager, and report the accident / incident via the HGFA online AIRS database or HGFA forms: SM-01 and SMS-02 (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register).

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents during training for certificates or endorsements is considered a breach of duty by instructors and also is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Note: Failure to supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager as proof of training and standards compliance is considered a breach of duty by instructors and can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA Operations Manager a Flight Instructor Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 2 years from the date of issue or renewal providing all required qualifications are maintained current and valid.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of a Flight Instructor Certificate shall:

(y) have accumulated a minimum of 30 hours of instructional duties in the two year period prior to renewal;

(z) within the 90 days prior to the expiry date of his or her certificate submit to a check flight with a HGFA CFI and successfully demonstrate his or her competency and instructional ability;

(aa) attend an approved HGFA Instructor refresher program or HGFA National Coaching Conference in the four year period prior to the application; and

(bb) Hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent.

(cc) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

Page 98: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Chief Flight Instructor Certificate (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 98 of 162

(dd) forward a renewal application, medical declaration, Pilot Certificate Booklet, copy of the current First Aid Certificate and the appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least twenty eight (28) days prior to the expiry date.

Notes:

Failure to renew any flight instructor certificate, or any of the required qualifications, by the due Date means that the Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Flight Instructors may be required to submit to regular in-flight checks in accordance with the requirements of their CFI or the HGFA Operations Manager.

Where the minimum aeronautical experience requirement, minimum instructional requirements or flight instructor refresher program requirements have not been met prior to renewal, the HGFA Operations Manager may consider renewal as a special case, provided there is sufficient supporting recommendation or reason, and that any renewal on this basis is provided in writing to the members concerned with a specific period of extension nominated by the Operations Manager or his or her delegate and the details of the extension remain held on record.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Flight Instructor Certificate may only be authorised in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager on recommendation from a HGFA CFI.

7.1.7 Chief Flight Instructor Certificate (HG/PG) Certificates Issued

(a) Hang Gliding Chief Flight Instructor.

(b) Paragliding Chief Flight Instructor.

Requirements for Issue

A person shall not act in the capacity of a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor unless recommended in writing by a HGFA Instructor Examiner or the HGFA Operations Manager, and approved to do so, in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager.

An applicant for the issue of a Chief Flight Instructor Certificate shall:

(c) hold a valid HGFA Flight Instructor Certificate of the type for which the certification is sought;

(d) Hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent.

(e) have undergone an Instructor Training Course which is recognised by HGFA HGFA (Cert. 4 in Training & Assessment or equivalent);

(f) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

(g) forward a copy of appropriately endorsed Instructor Training logs, a copy of their First Aid Certificate, completed application form and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office; and

(h) demonstrate to the HGFA Operations Manager (or his delegate) his or her ability to give instruction to persons undergoing training from ab initio through to advanced soaring and cross country skills.

The level of competency required is to be able to:

(i) give flight instruction, including pre-flight and post flight briefing, in flight assistance, as well as skill, techniques and complete flight sequence demonstrations , for all levels of Pilot Certificate and appropriate endorsements; and

(j) accurately explain all aspects of the Pilot Training and Aeronautical Knowledge syllabus (as it relates to pilots of all levels), with explanations adjusted to suit the individual, and demonstrate an ability to assess a Student's understanding of syllabus subjects.

Aeronautical and Instructional Experience

Prior to making application for the issue of a Chief Flight Instructor Certificate an applicant shall:

Page 99: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Chief Flight Instructor Certificate (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 99 of 162

(k) not have less than 200 logged student days training experience as a Flight Instructor (where a student day means one student for one day, e.g. a class of 4 students for 1 day equals 4 student days); or

(l) If having previous experience as a flying instructor or Chief Flying Instructor in gliders, aeroplanes, ultralights or weightshift microlights, have completed at least 200 hours of in-flight experience as a flight instructor and a minimum of 50 student days logged experience as a HGFA Flight Instructor, for the aircraft type for which the endorsement is sought.

Privileges

A Chief Flight Instructor Certificate authorises the holder to:

(m) Operate and control an approved HGFA Flight Training Facility and any approved satellite HGFA Flight Training Facility

(n) authorise the undertaking of solo flights by HGFA student pilots.

(o) personally give flight and theory instruction in powered and non-powered hang gliders and/or paragliders subject to flight training operations being limited:

(i) to those types of aircraft for which the Chief Flight Instructor holds a current and valid Advanced Pilot Certificate, and (ii) to those types of operation for which the Chief Flight Instructor holds the appropriate endorsements.

The holder of a Chief Flight Instructor Certificate shall not exercise the privileges of his or her certificate unless within the preceding 90 days he or she has carried out a minimum of three flights in similar configuration aircraft being used by the student.

Responsibilities

Chief Flight Instructors will undertake to carry out the following duties, for which they are responsible to the Operations Manager:

(p) Conduct all training in accordance with the standards, procedures and regulations set out in this Operations Manual, the relevant HGFA Training Syllabi and Guidelines and relevant legislation. Ensure that accurate and complete records and logs of all training activities are maintained, including individual student records, instruction log and lesson plans as well as aircraft logs where appropriate.

(q) Conduct the operational and administrative aspects of his or her assigned duties in such a manner so as not to bring the HGFA, its Officers, Members, Affiliates or Associations into disrepute.

(r) Conduct flight and theory examinations for Supervised, Intermediate and Advanced Pilot Certificate applicants and make recommendations to the HGFA Operations Manager concerning the issue, renewal or otherwise of the Pilot Certificates.

(s) Conduct flight and theory examinations for flight or skills endorsements and issue on behalf of HGFA such endorsements, (but only for those flying activities for which the Chief Flight Instructor holds the appropriate endorsement).

(t) Ensure that Apprentice or Flight Instructors under his or her control or Apprentice or Flight Instructors as requested by the HGFA Operations Manager maintain the highest level of competency and currency, and to maintain assessment of their continued suitability to conduct flight or ground training.

(u) Provide reasonable ground and flight training opportunities for Apprentice Instructors as requested by the HGFA Operations Manager.

(v) Furnish all the information necessary to satisfy the Operations Manager that the Flight Training Facility for which he or she is responsible has: (i) An adequate number of accredited Flight Instructors; (ii) Documentation, sites, facilities and other equipment necessary to ensure proper and adequate training.

(w) Ensure that all aircraft used for flight training are in an airworthy state and that all aircraft and associated equipment meet or exceed the HGFA airworthiness standards (see “Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards”, 9.6) appropriate to the Operations for which they are used and that any aircraft are appropriately registered with the HGFA.

(x) Ensure that all other equipment, especially tow systems, winches, simulators, harnesses, helmets and communication systems are fully operational; and meet applicable international or Australian Standards.

(y) Ensure that all Instructors, Apprentice Instructors, and student pilots are members of HGFA.

(z) Upon reasonable request from the HGFA Operations Manager conduct training and refresher courses for all levels of Instructors and actively participate in the conduct of National Coaching Conferences.

(aa) Ensure that he or she undertakes regular solo flights so as to maintain a high personal level of pilot competency and currency.

Chief Flight Instructors must either ensure that all accidents / incidents reported to them by Instructors under their control have been reported via the HGFA AIRS online reporting system, or that they themselves report the accident / incident via the HGFA AIRS online reporting system or HGFA forms: SM-01 and SMS-02 (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register).

Page 100: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Chief Flight Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 100 of 162

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents during training for certificates or endorsements is considered a breach of duty by instructors and also is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Note: Failure to supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager as proof of training and standards compliance is considered a breach of duty by instructors and can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA Operations Manager a Chief Flight Instructor Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 2 year from the date of issue or renewal providing all required qualifications are maintained current and valid.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of a Chief Flight Instructor Certificate shall:

(bb) have accumulated (and logged) a minimum of 24 student days of instructing and including at least 3 pilots achieving the issue of a Supervised Pilot Certificate in the two year period prior to the application for renewal (where a student day means one student for one day, e.g. a class of 4 students for 1 day equals 4 student days);

(cc) have accumulated in the two year period prior to the application for renewal a minimum of 25 hours as pilot in command of either a hang glider or paraglider.

(dd) Hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent.

(ee) participate in an approved HGFA Instructor refresher program or HGFA National Coaching Conference in the four year period prior to the application;

(ff) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

(gg) forward the annual renewal application, current First Aid Certificate, copy of copies of suitably endorsed training logs and the appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least twenty eight (28) days prior to the expiry date.

Note:

Failure to renew any flight instructor certificate, or any of the required qualifications, by the due Date means that the Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Flight Instructors may be required to submit to regular in-flight checks in accordance with the requirements of the HGFA Operations Manager.

Where the minimum aeronautical experience requirement, minimum instructional requirements or flight instructor refresher program requirements have not been met prior to renewal, the HGFA Operations Manager may consider renewal as a special case, provided there is sufficient supporting recommendation or reason, and that any renewal on this basis is provided in writing to the members concerned with a specific period of extension nominated by the Operations Manager or his or her delegate and the details of the extension remain held on record.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Chief Flight Instructor Certificate may only be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager.

7.1.8 Chief Flight Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG) Certificate Issued

(a) Weightshift Microlight Chief Flight Instructor.

(b) Powered Paraglider Chief Flight Instructor.

Requirements for Issue

A person shall not act in the capacity of a HGFA Chief Flight Instructor unless recommended in writing by a HGFA Instructor Examiner or the HGFA Operations Manager, and approved to do so, in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Page 101: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Chief Flight Instructor Certificate (WM/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 101 of 162

A person seeking approval to act as a Chief Flight Instructor shall:

(c) hold a valid HGFA Flight Instructor Certificate of the type for which the certification is sought;

(d) have passed examinations, with a 90% pass mark, considered by the HGFA Operations Manager to be at least equivalent to Australian private pilot licence examinations;

(e) hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent;

(f) have undergone an Instructor Training Course which is recognised by HGFA HGFA (Cert. 4 in Training & Assessment or equivalent);

(g) undertake, in writing, to conduct all ground and flight training in accordance with the standards, procedures and regulations as specified in this manual, relevant legislation;

(h) provide all the information necessary to satisfy the HGFA Operations Manager that the Flight Training Facility for which he or she is to be responsible has properly certified two place WM/PPG aircraft, an adequate number of HGFA Flight Instructors, documentation, facilities and other equipment, necessary to ensure the proper and adequate training of WM/PPG student pilots.

(i) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5

(j) forward a copy of appropriately endorsed Instructor Training logs, completed application form, a copy of their First Aid certificate and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office;

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to making application for the issue of a Chief Flight Instructor Certificate an applicant shall:

(k) have not less than 200 hours in-flight experience as an instructor in WM/PPG; or

(l) if having previous experience as a Flight Instructor or Chief Flying Instructor in gliders, aeroplanes or ultralights, have completed at least 300 hours of in-flight experience as a Flight Instructor and a minimum of 50 hours of in-flight experience as a Flight Instructor in WM/PPG.

Privileges

A Chief Flight Instructor Certificate authorises the holder to:

(m) operate and control a Flight Training Facility and any Satellite Flight Training Facilities as approved in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager;

(n) give ground and in-flight instruction on WM/PPG aircraft;

(o) authorise the undertaking of solo flights by HGFA Student Pilots or higher certificate holders;

(p) recommend the issue of HGFA (WM/PPG) Pilot Certificates; and

(q) recommend the issue of Endorsements to (WM/PPG) Pilot Certificates.

Note: The Chief Flight Instructor must him/herself hold the endorsement being authorised.

Responsibilities

Chief Flight Instructor will undertake to carry out the following duties, for which they are responsible to the Operations Manager. Conduct ab-initio and advanced ground and flight training of HGFA Student Pilots in accordance with the standards, procedures and regulations set out in this Operations Manual,

(r) Conduct the operation and administration of the Flight Training Facility for which he or she is responsible in such a manner so as not to bring the HGFA, its Officers, Members, Affiliates or Associates into disrepute.

(s) Make recommendations to the HGFA Operations Manager concerning the issue or renewal of Pilot Certificates.

(t) If approved by the HGFA Operations Manager conduct ground and flight training for Apprentice Instructor Certificate candidates and make recommendation to an Instructor Examiner as to the candidate’s readiness to undergo examination for the issue of an Apprentice Instructor Certificate.

(u) Issue HGFA endorsements, but only for those flying activities for which the Chief Flight Instructor, holds the appropriate endorsement.

(v) Ensure that Apprentice or Flight Instructors under his or her control or Apprentice or Flight Instructors as requested by the HGFA Operations Manager, maintain the highest level of competency and currency, and to maintain assessment of their continued suitability to conduct flight or ground training.

Page 102: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Instructor Examiner Certificate (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 102 of 162

(w) Ensure that all aircraft used by his or her flight training facility are kept in a clean and airworthy state and also that those aircraft are properly registered and mainitained with the HGFA and where available, have public liability insurance.

(x) Be responsible to HGFA for the maintenance of a continued high level of training and general flying practices of WM/PPG pilots operating aircraft attached to his or her Flight Training Facility.

Chief Flight Instructors must either ensure that all accidents / incidents reported to them by Instructors under their control have been reported via the HGFA AIRS online reporting system, or that they themselves report the accident / incident via the HGFA AIRS online reporting system or HGFA forms: SM-01 and SMS-02 (See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register).

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents during training for certificates or endorsements is considered a breach of duty by instructors and also is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Note: Failure to supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager as proof of training and standards compliance is considered a breach of duty by instructors and can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA Operations Manager a Chief Flight Instructor Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 2 years from the date of issue or renewal providing all required qualifications are maintained current and valid.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of a Chief Flight Instructor Certificate shall:

(y) Have accumulated a minimum of 30 hours of in-flight instructional experience including at least 3 pilots achieving the issue of a Pilot Certificate in the two year period prior to the application for renewal;

(z) within the 90 days prior to the expiry date of his or her certificate submit to a check flight with a HGFA Instructor Examiner and successfully demonstrated his or her competency;

(aa) Hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent.

(bb) attend an approved HGFA Instructor refresher program or HGFA National Coaching Conference in the four year period prior to the application; and

(cc) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

(dd) forward the annual renewal application, current First Aid Certificate, copy of copies of suitably endorsed training logs and the appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least twenty eight (28) days prior to the expiry date.

Note:

Failure to renew any flight instructor certificate, or any of the required qualifications, by the due Date means that the Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Flight Instructors may be required to submit to regular in-flight checks in accordance with the requirements of the HGFA Operations Manager.

Where the minimum aeronautical experience requirement, minimum instructional requirements or flight instructor refresher program requirements have not been met prior to renewal, the HGFA Operations Manager may consider renewal as a special case, provided there is sufficient supporting recommendation or reason, and that any renewal on this basis is provided in writing to the members concerned with a specific period of extension nominated by the Operations Manager or his or her delegate and the details of the extension remain held on record.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Chief Flight Instructor Certificate may only be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager.

7.1.9 Instructor Examiner Certificate (HG/PG) Certificates Issued:

(a) Hang Gliding Instructor Examiner.

(b) Paragliding instructor Examiner.

Requirements for Issue

Page 103: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Instructor Examiner Certificate (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 103 of 162

An applicant for the issue of an Instructor Examiner Certificate shall:

(c) hold a valid HGFA Chief Flight Instructor Certificate of the type for which the certification is sought;

(d) Have attained the age of 21 years;

(e) hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent;

(f) Have experience in the conduct of instructor training sessions at a HGFA Instructor Conference or Instructor Training Clinic; and

(g) Demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the HGFA Operations Manager, his or her ability to correctly assess the capabilities and performance of HGFA Instructors, and to take appropriate remedial action in cases where their performance standard is below standard.

(h) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

(i) forward a copy of the completed application form, a copy of their First Aid certificate and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office;

Instructional Experience

Prior to making an application for the issue of an Instructor Examiner Certificate an applicant shall have trained and provide evidence of a minimum of 80 student pilots to Supervised Pilot Certificate; and have trained a minimum of 4 Apprentice Flight Instructors to Flight Instructor Certificate standard as a Chief Flight Instructor.

Responsibilities

Instructor Examiners will undertake to carry out the following duties, for which they are responsible to the Operations Manager;

(j) Conduct ground and flight examination of HGFA Instructor Certificate candidates and make recommendations to the HGFA Operations Manager as to the issue, or otherwise, of the appropriate certificates.

(k) Conduct ground and flight examination of HGFA Instructor Certificate holders requesting renewal of their respective certificates, and make recommendations in writing to the HGFA Operations Manager as to the renewal or otherwise, of the certificates.

(l) Upon request from the HGFA Operations Manager conduct ground and/or flight training courses for Apprentice Instructor Certificate candidates.

(m) Upon request from the HGFA Operations Manager conduct training and refresher courses for Flight Instructors, Chief Flight Instructors and candidates for those approvals and certificates.

(n) Upon request from the HGFA Operations Manager monitor the training standards and practices of specified Flight Training Facilities and report his or her findings, in writing, to the HGFA Operations Manager.

(o) Upon request from the HGFA Operations Manager, investigate complaints that a HGFA pilot has contravened the standards, procedures or regulations set out in this manual or the relevant legislation. The findings of any such investigation will be reported in writing to the HGFA Operations Manager. Included in this report will be recommendations to the HGFA Disciplinary Tribunal as to the suitability, or otherwise, of the offending pilot to continue to hold any, or all, HGFA Pilot Certificates or endorsements.

(p) Instructor Examiners must either ensure that all accidents / incidents reported to them by Instructors under their control have been reported via the HGFA AIRS online reporting system, or that they themselves report the accident / incident via the HGFA AIRS online reporting system or HGFA forms: SM-01 and SMS-02 (See 1.3 - HGFA Operational Documents Register).

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents during training for certificates or endorsements is considered a breach of duty by instructors and also is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Note: Failure to supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager as proof of training and standards compliance is considered a breach of duty by instructors and can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by the HGFA Operations Manager, an Instructor Examiner Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 4 years from the date of issue or renewal providing all required qualifications are maintained current and valid.

Requirements for Renewal

Page 104: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Instructor Examiner Certificate (WM/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 104 of 162

An applicant for the renewal of an Instructor Examiner Certificate shall:

(q) within the 90 days prior to the expiry date of his or her certificate submit to a check flight with a HGFA Instructor Examiner nominated by the HGFA Operations Manager and successfully demonstrate his or her competency; and

(r) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

(s) forward a renewal application, a copy of their First Aid Certificate and the appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least twenty eight (28) days prior to the expiry date.

Note:

Failure to renew any flight instructor certificate, or any of the required qualifications, by the due Date means that the Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Authority for Issue

The issue of an Instructor Examiner Certificate may only be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager.

7.1.10 Instructor Examiner Certificate (WM/PPG) Certificate Issued:

(a) Weightshift Microlight Instructor Examiner.

(b) Powered Paragliding Instructor Examiner.

Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of an Instructor Examiner Certificate shall:

(c) hold a valid HGFA Chief Flight Instructor Certificate of the type for which the certification is sought;

(d) have attained the age of 21 years;

(e) hold a current Workplace Level 2 First Aid Certificate, Senior First Aid Certificate or HGFA recognised equivalent;

(f) Have experience in the conduct of instructor training sessions at a HGFA Instructor Conference or Instructor Training Clinic; and

(g) Demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the HGFA Operations Manager his or her ability to correctly assess the capabilities and performance of HGFA Instructors, and to take appropriate remedial action in cases where their performance standard is below standard.

(h) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

(i) forward a copy of the completed application form, a copy of their First Aid certificate and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office;

Instructional Experience

Prior to making application for the issue of an Instructor Examiner Certificate an applicant shall:

(j) have not less than 500 hours of in-flight experience as an Instructor in weightshift microlights or powered paragliders; and have trained a minimum of 4 Apprentice Flight Instructors to Flight Instructor Certificate standard as a Chief Flight Instructor; or

(k) if having previous experience as a Flight Instructor or Chief Flying Instructor in gliders, aeroplanes or ultralights, have completed at least 500 hours of in-flight experience as a Flight Instructor and a minimum of 200 hours of in-flight experience as a Flight Instructor in WM/PPG; and have trained a minimum of 4 Apprentice Flight Instructors to Flight Instructor Certificate standard as a Chief Flight Instructor.

Responsibilities

Instructor Examiners will undertake to carry out the following duties, for which they are responsible to the Hang Gliding Federation of Australia:

(l) Conduct ground and flight examination of Flight Instructor and Apprentice Instructor Certificate candidates and make recommendations to the HGFA Operations Manager as to the issue, or otherwise, of the appropriate certificates.

Page 105: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Types and Requirements

Instructor Examiner Certificate (WM/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 105 of 162

(m) Conduct ground and flight examination of Flight Instructor and Apprentice Instructor Certificate holders requesting renewal of their respective certificates, and make recommendations to the HGFA Operations Manager as to the issue, or otherwise, of the certificates.

(n) Upon request from the HGFA Operations Manager conduct ground and or flight training courses for Apprentice Instructor Certificate candidates.

(o) Upon request from the HGFA conduct ground and flight assessments for the issue or renewal of Flight Instructor Certificates and/or Chief Flight Instructor Certificates, and make recommendations in writing as to the issue or renewal, or otherwise, of the certificates.

(p) Upon request from the HGFA Operations Manager conduct training and refresher courses for Flight Instructors and / or Chief Flight Instructors and candidates for those approvals and certificates.

(q) Upon request from the HGFA Operations Manager monitor the training standards and practices of specified WM/PPG Flight Training Facilities and report his or her findings, in writing, to the HGFA Operations Manager.

(r) Upon request from the HGFA Operations Manager, investigate complaints that a WM/PPG pilot has contravened the standards, procedures or regulations set out in this manual or relevant legislation. The findings of any such investigation will be reported in writing to the HGFA Operations Manager. Included in this report will be recommendations to the HGFA Disciplinary Tribunal as to the suitability, or otherwise, of the offending pilot to continue to hold any, or all, HGFA Pilot Certificates or endorsements.

(s) Instructor Examiners must either ensure that all accidents / incidents reported to them by Instructors under their control have been reported via the HGFA AIRS online reporting system, or that they themselves report the accident / incident via the HGFA AIRS online reporting system or HGFA forms: SM-01 and SMS-02 (See 1.3 - HGFA Operational Documents Register).

Note: Failure to report accidents / incidents during training for certificates or endorsements is considered a breach of duty by instructors and also is a breach of the TSI Act 2003. A breach can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Note: Failure to supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager as proof of training and standards compliance is considered a breach of duty by instructors and can give cause for disciplinary action including suspension of instructor ratings pending a disciplinary tribunal.

Period of Validity

Unless cancelled or suspended by HGFA, an Instructor Examiner Certificate shall remain valid for a period of 4 years from the date of issue or renewal providing all required qualifications are maintained current and valid.

Requirements for Renewal

An applicant for the renewal of an Instructor Examiner Certificate shall:

(t) within the 90 days prior to the expiry date of his or her certificate submit to a check flight with a HGFA Instructor Examiner nominated by the HGFA Operations Manager and successfully demonstrate his or her competency; and

(u) forward a medical statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5; and

(v) forward a renewal application, a copy of their First Aid Certificate and the appropriate fee to reach the HGFA office at least twenty eight (28) days prior to the expiry date.

Note:

Failure to renew any flight instructor certificate, or any of the required qualifications, by the due Date means that the Certificate is no longer valid and the pilot may not exercise the privileges of the Certificate until it is renewed.

Authority for Issue

The issue of an Instructor Examiner Certificate may only be authorised by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Page 106: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Issue and Renewal of Instructor Certificates

Instructor Certificates (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 106 of 162

7.2 Issue and Renewal of Instructor Certificates

7.2.1 Instructor Certificates (HG/PG) The requirements are summarised in the table below.

Requirements Flight Experience Instructor

Apprentice Instructor

Flight Instructor Chief Flying Instructor

Instructor Examiner

Prerequisite Qualifications

Advanced Pilot Certificate

Advanced Pilot Certificate

Apprentice Instructor Certificate

Flight Instructor Certificate

Chief Flight Instructor Certificate

Medical Standard Standard GP medical examination in conjunction with HGFA Instructor Medical Form

Theory Examination Advanced Pilot Certificate Examination

All Pilot Certificate Examinations

Flight Instructor Theory Exam

No No

Flight Skills Test Yes Yes Yes Yes No

Flight Training Ability Test

Yes - Introductory Training Flight Only

Yes - All phases of HGFA Pilot Training Syllabus

Yes - All phases of HGFA Pilot Training Syllabus

Yes - All phases of HGFA Pilot Training Syllabus

No

Ground Training Ability Test

Yes - Introductory Training Flight Only

Yes - All phases of HGFA Pilot Training Syllabus

Yes - All phases of HGFA Pilot Training Syllabus

Yes - All phases of HGFA Pilot Training Syllabus

No

Aeronautical and Instructional Experience

Minimum of 200 hours and 25 flights

Advanced Pilot Certificate Standard

Advanced Pilot Certificate Standard and minimum 12 day apprenticeship including a minimum of 30 hours theory training experience

Advanced Pilot Certificate Standard and minimum 200 days instructional experience

CFI with:

>80 ab initio Students to Supervised Pilots

Trained 4 or more apprentice instuctors to FI standard.

Current Pilot Certificate and Tandem Endorsement (Instructional)

Yes No No No No

Validity 2 years 4 years

Approved by Operations Manager

Page 107: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Issue and Renewal of Instructor Certificates

Instructor Certificates (WM)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 107 of 162

7.2.2 Instructor Certificates (WM) The requirements are summarised in the table below.

Requirements Flight Experience Instructor

Apprentice Instructor

Flight Instructor Chief Flight Instructor

Instructor Examiner

Prerequisite Qualifications

Pilot Certificate and attend HGFA course

Pilot Certificate and attend HGFA course

Apprentice Instructor Certificate and theory required for unrestricted Private Pilot License

Flight Instructor Certificate

Chief Flight Instructor Certificate

Medical Standard Statement provided by a General Practitioner indicating that the pilot has undergone a medical examination in conjunction with the HGFA Instructor Medical Examination Form (See 4.1.5)

Flight Skills Test Yes Yes No No No

Flight Training Ability Test

Yes - introductory flight only

Yes Yes Yes No

Ground Training Ability Test

Yes - introductory flight only

Yes Yes Yes No

Aeronautical and Instructional Experience

Minimum of 200 hours; or 100 hours and 500 landings as pilot in command.

Minimum of 75 hours as pilot in command over a minimum of 12 months – 5 hours as pilot in command from the rear seat

Minimum of 50 hours flight instruction duties and minimum of 30 hours theory training experience

Minimum of 200 hours flight instruction duties

Minimum of 500 hours flight instruction duties

Renewal Requirements / Training Experience

Minimum 10 Tandem flights in previous six months

Minimum of 30 hours flight training per year

Minimum of 30 hours flight training per year

Minimum of 30 hours flight training per year and 3 pilots to solo

Delivery of Flight Instructor Workshops/ Seminars

Current Pilot Certificate and Tandem Endorsement (Instructional)

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Demonstrate Training Ability

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Validity 2 years 4 years

Approved by Operations Manager

Page 108: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Issue and Renewal of Instructor Certificates

Instructor Certificates – (PPG) (Foot / Wheel)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 108 of 162

7.2.3 Instructor Certificates – (PPG) (Foot / Wheel) The requirements are summarised in the table below.

Requirements Flight Experience Instructor

Apprentice Instructor

Flight Instructor Chief Flight Instructor

Instructor Examiner

Prerequisite Qualifications

Pilot Certificate and attend HGFA course

Pilot Certificate and attend HGFA course

Apprentice Instructor Certificate and theory required for unrestricted Private Pilot License

Flight Instructor Certificate

Chief Flight Instructor Certificate

Medical Standard Statement provided by a General Practitioner indicating that the pilot has undergone a medical examination in conjunction with the HGFA Instructor Medical Examination Form (See 4.1.5)

Flight Skills Test Yes Yes No No No

Flight Training Ability Test

Yes - introductory flight only

Yes Yes Yes No

Ground Training Ability Test

Yes - introductory flight only

Yes Yes Yes No

Aeronautical and Instructional Experience

Minimum of 200 hours; or 100 hours and 500 landings as pilot in command.

Minimum of 75 hours as pilot in command over a minimum of 12 months – 5 hours as pilot in command from the rear seat

Minimum of 50 hours flight instruction duties and minimum of 30 hours theory training experience

Minimum of 200 hours flight instruction duties

Minimum of 500 hours flight instruction duties

Renewal Requirements / Training Experience

Minimum 10 Tandem flights in previous six months

Minimum of 30 hours flight training per year

Minimum of 30 hours flight training per year

Minimum of 30 hours flight training per year and 3 pilots to solo

Delivery of Flight Instructor Workshops / Seminars

Current Pilot Certificate and Tandem Endorsement (Instructional)

Yes No No No No

Demonstrate Training Ability

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Validity 2 years 4 years

Approved by Operations Manager

Page 109: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Instructor Certificates - Instructor Endorsements:

Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) - (HG/PG/PPG/WM)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 109 of 162

7.3 Instructor Endorsements:

7.3.1 Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) - (HG/PG/PPG/WM) Requirements for Issue

An applicant for the issue of a HGFA Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) shall:

(a) hold a valid HGFA Instructor Certificate for the type of aircraft for which the endorsement is sought;

(b) have attained the age of 18 years;

(c) have undergone an approved HGFA Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) training course in accordance with section 8.4.15; and

(d) pass to the required standards of the flight and theory examination requirements, and

(e) demonstrate to an appropriate HGFA Chief Flight Instructor that he or she has reached the level of competency required for the issue of the endorsement.

(f) forward a copy of the completed application form, a copy of their First Aid certificate and the appropriate fee to the HGFA Office;

Aeronautical Experience

Prior to undertaking a flight test for the issue of a Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) an applicant shall have completed, as pilot in command, a minimum of 30 Tandem flights in aircraft of the type for which the endorsement is sought.

Privileges

A Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) authorises the holder to act as Pilot-In-Command of a suitable certified aircraft carrying a student subject to:

(g) operations limited to aircraft of the type for which the Advanced pilot certificate is issued;

(h) the student being aged 10 years or older and where the student is under 18 years of age, parental consent is granted;

(i) all flights are instructional purposes only and must be overseen by a CFI;

(j) only holders of a HGFA Pilot Certificate or persons with a HGFA trainee membership who are undergoing part of a bona fide approved training program may be charged a fee for the instruction provided by the holder of this endorsement; and

(k) the pilot in command having performed three flights, in an aircraft of the type being used, within the preceding 90 days.

Note: It is necessary for any HGFA instructor providing training operations to obtain from each passenger a valid HGFA membership and a signed HGFA Release, Assumption of Risk and Warning Form prior to the training being commenced (Form MEM-07).

Period of Validity

A HGFA Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) shall remain valid:

(l) while the holder's HGFA Instructor Certificate is valid; and

(m) while the holder has a current statement indicating that his or her health complies with this manual, section 4.1.5 or

(n) unless suspended, cancelled or otherwise varied by the HGFA Operations Manager.

Authority for Issue

The issue of a Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) may only be authorised in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager on recommendation from an appropriate HGFA CFI or IE.

Page 110: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Training

Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) - (HG/PG/PPG/WM)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 110 of 162

8 Pilot Flight Training

8.1 Training All HGFA Training will be conducted to an approved HGFA training syllabus, as amended from time to time.

8.1.1.1 Pilots Piloting CAO 95.8 Aircraft

Prior to a Student Pilot undertaking solo flight, he or she is required to reach the levels of competency as indicated in the Syllabus of:

(a) Basic Aeronautical Knowledge, and

(b) Practical Flight Training.

8.1.1.2 Pilots Piloting CAO 95.10 & 95.32 Aircraft

Prior to a Student Pilot attempting solo flight in a weightshift microlight or powered paraglider, he or she is required to reach the levels of competency as indicated in the Syllabus of;

(a) Basic Aeronautical Knowledge, and

(b) (WM) Practical Flight Training, or

(c) PPG Training Workbook – Foot & Wheel

8.1.1.3 Flight Tests

Prior to the student being issued with any HGFA Pilot Certificate he or she will be required to undergo a flight test conducted by a Flight Instructor or Chief Flight Instructor. The student pilot will be required to demonstrate his / her aircraft control and judgement skills to the standard required by the appropriate Flight Training Syllabus and to the satisfaction of the Instructor.

8.1.1.4 Flight Tests, Instructors

Instructors will be required to demonstrate to the HGFA Operations Manager or his/her delegate, his or her ability to conduct flight instruction for given skill sequences as well as an ability to perform all basic skill manoeuvres to the highest standard and the satisfaction of the HGFA Operations Manager (or delegate).

8.1.1.5 HGFA Radio Operators Certificate

Carriage and use of VHF radio is mandatory for all HGFA aircraft operations in the vicinity of Registered, Certified and Military aerodromes as defined in CAR166.

Use of aeronautical VHF aeronautical frequencies is illegal unless the pilot is appropriately licensed or certified.

A HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement complies with the relevant CAO requirements for use of aeronautical band radios.

Page 111: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Training Facilities (HG/PG/PPG/WM)

Establishment of Flight Training Facilities

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 111 of 162

8.2 Training Facilities (HG/PG/PPG/WM)

8.2.1 Establishment of Flight Training Facilities HGFA student pilots and other certificate holders may only be given flight training at approved Flight Training Facilities.

Prior to the commencement of flight training, the flight training facility must be given written approval to operate by the HGFA Operations Manager.

8.2.1.1 Training Facility Application

An application for inspection of a flight training facility must include:

(a) A signed application declaration on the appropriate form;

(b) Payment of the inspection fee as determined by the HGFA Committee; and

(c) Particulars of the training facility, including:

(d) description of classroom and contents;

(e) details of training aircraft;

(f) site names and location addresses; and

(g) site usage agreements and conditions of operation for any nominated sites managed by HGFA Clubs.

Where a training facility utilises weightshift microlights, the following details must also be provided:

(a) details of runway/s (including dimensions and a description of surrounding terrain and hazards);

(b) map of training area/s;

(c) written approval/s for use from the landholders, runway owner/s; and

(d) procedures to be implemented to ensure appropriate crowd control and public safety.

8.2.1.2 Equipment and Documentation (HG/PG/PPG) Prior to the inspection of the flight training facility by the HGFA Operations Manager (or delegate) the proposed Flight Training Facility must have the following equipment in place:

(a) Classroom facilities of sufficient size and comfort to enable the proper instruction of trainee pilots.

(b) These classroom facilities may be permanent or mobile and must contain:

(c) sufficient tables and chairs to accommodate at least four trainees, plus instructional staff;

(d) a blackboard or whiteboard (recommended size 1200 mm x 1800 or larger);

(e) storage for records.

(f) A comprehensive First Aid Kit must be located wherever students are undergoing training. Note: Facility owners should contact a reputable first aid organisation such as St John's Ambulance Service for advice on what is appropriate to

include in their First Aid Kit.

8.2.1.3 Equipment and Documentation (WM) Prior to the inspection of the flight training facility by the HGFA Operations Manager (or delegate) the proposed Flight Training Facility must have the following equipment in place:

(a) Classroom facilities of sufficient size and comfort to enable the proper instruction of trainee pilots.

(b) These classroom facilities may be permanent or mobile and must contain:

(c) Sufficient tables and chairs to accommodate at least four (4) trainees, plus instructional staff;

(d) A blackboard or whiteboard (recommended size 1200 mm x 1800 or larger);

(e) Wall Maps defining the training area and local area procedures; and

(f) Lockable filing cabinets in which training records can be stored safely

(g) A comprehensive First Aid Kit must be located wherever students are undergoing training. Note: Facility owners should contact a reputable first aid organisation such as St John's Ambulance Service for advice on what is appropriate to

include in their First Aid Kit.

Page 112: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Training Facilities (HG/PG/PPG/WM)

Training Facilities (WM)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 112 of 162

8.2.1.4 Satellite Flight Training Facilities

Permanent Satellite Flight Training Facilities must be set up in the same manner as the parent Flight Training Facility.

Temporary Satellite Flight Training Facilities may be established without all of the onsite equipment and documentation requirements as specified in sections 8.2.1.2 or 8.2.1.3.

Operations from any one Temporary Satellite Flight Training Facility shall not exceed one period of 14 continuous days in any one calendar month, unless approved by the HGFA Operations Manager.

8.2.1.5 Operations Satillite Flight Training Facilities:

(a) may only be controlled by a nominated Flight Instructor acting under the instructions of his or her Chief Flight Instructor approved by the HGFA Operations Manager in writing

(b) may only engage a Flight Experience, Apprentice or other Flight Instructors with written approval for the HGFA Operations Manger

(c) Flight Instructors must report by phone or in writing to the Chief Flight Instructor at the commencement of each day’s activities, or during the day as appropriate.

(d) Flight Instructors must report by phone or in writing to the Chief Flight Instructor at the completion of each day’s activities.

8.2.1.6 Approval

Prior to the commencement of flight training operations at a permanent Satellite Flight Training Facility written approval for operations must be obtained from the HGFA Operations Manager.

8.2.2 Training Facilities (WM) Weightshift Microlight flight training facilities will be established and operated in accordance with the HGFA / RA-Aus Memorandum of Understanding (MOU-01 -- See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register).

8.2.2.1 Site Control At training facilities:

(a) where aircraft operations are operating from a training field, the Chief Flight Instructor (CFI) of the Training Facility will have the authority to control and direct HGFA weightshift microlight operations and where the CFI is not the designated Duty Pilot the CFI will ensure a Duty Pilot is appointed.

(b) the Duty Pilot will have the authority to control and direct operations that are conducted in accordance with CAOs and relevant legislation , this manual and any conditions set down by the owner of the airfield or aerodrome.

(c) where other aircraft or other aeronautical operations other than those under HGFA oversight are being conducted from the flying field then the weightshift microlight Duty Pilot shall co-ordinate with these other operators, or their nominated Duty Pilot, to ensure that all operations are conducted in a safe and orderly manner.

(d) where required as a result of mixed operations from a flying field, a Duty Pilot shall be elected from those Pilot Certificate holders present.

Page 113: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Training Facilities (HG/PG/PPG/WM)

Facility Inspections (HG/PG/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 113 of 162

8.2.3 Facility Inspections (HG/PG/PPG)

(a) All HGFA approved flight training facilities must be operated in accordance with HGFA requirements and this manual.

(b) Flight Training Facilities will undergo a site audit every 2 years at a minimum, unless an exemption is granted by the Operations Manager.

(c) Audits will be conducted by the Operations Manager or an approved delegate. (d) The CFI of a Flight Training Facility must complete a Flight Training Facility Self Inspection Report (FAC-03 - See 1.3 -

Operational Documents Register) every 12 months and lodge it with the HGFA office by the 31st of March each year. (e) All documentation and equipment must be made available for inspection and audit by the HGFA Operations Manager or his /

her delegate on request.

(f) Copies of aircraft, student and flight records, training documentation and proof of standards compliance must be provided upon request by the Operations Manager, his or her delegate or a CASA representative.

(g) The Training Facitlity will also supply what ever supporting documents are deemed necessary by the HGFA administration to clarify or support proof of standards and training requirements have been met.

(h) Supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager or HGFA Administration as proof of training and standards compliance. Failure to supply is considered a breach of operational standards by the Training Facility and can give cause for withdrawal of the Training Facility approval to operate by the Operations Manager.

8.2.4 Facility Inspections (WM)

(i) All HGFA approved flight training facilities must be operated in accordance with HGFA requirements and this manual.

(j) Flight Training Facilities will undergo a site audit every 2 years at a minimum and it is to be conducted by the Operations Manager or approved delegate.

(k) The CFI of a Flight Training Facility must complete a Flight Training Facility Self Inspection Report (FAC-10 - See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register) every 12 months and lodge it with the HGFA office by the 31st of March each year.

(l) All documentation and equipment must be made available for inspection and audit by the HGFA Operations Manager or his / her delegate on request.

(m) Copies of aircraft, student and flight records, training documentation and proof of standards compliance must be provided upon request by the Operations Manager, his or her delegate or a CASA representative.

(n) Supply supporting documentation upon request from the Operations Manager or HGFA Administration as proof of training and standards compliance. Failure to supply is considered a breach of operational standards by the Training Facility and can give cause for withdrawal of the Training Facility approval to operate by the Operations Manager.

Page 114: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Flight Training Syllabus

Theory

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 114 of 162

8.3 Flight Training Syllabus

8.3.1 Theory 8.3.1.1 Basic Aeronautical Knowledge (HG/PG/PPG)

Because the gross motor control skills of flying foot launch and weight shift aircraft are not too difficult to acquire, it is of paramount importance that the student pilot does not fly into situations beyond his/her theoretical understanding and hence beyond the point of making appropriate and safe judgements and decisions.

The advancement of student pilots without sufficient understanding or knowledge is as potentially risky as advancement without sufficient physical control skills, therefore much planning should go into the scheduling, preparation and delivery of theory support lessons.

The following syllabus outlines, the subject areas and specific teaching points that are to be covered in the pilot training program. The qualifying letters are used to indicate the degree of knowledge and understanding necessary for each topic at the key stages of progress toward acquiring HGFA Pilot Certificates:

(a) Basic understanding of the subject matter, sufficient, with some assistance from the instructor, for the solution of simple practical problems.

(b) Sound understanding of the subject material, sufficient, without assistance, for the solution of more complex problems and the application toward flight strategies.

(c) Thorough understanding of the subject matter, capable without assistance, to provide detailed explanations of strategies, problem solutions and forward planning, by both explanation and practical application.

(d) Practical application of relevant procedures and knowledge.

Table 2: Syllabus of Aeronautical Knowledge (SYL-01)

Subject Area Flights >200' AGL

Sup’v. Cert. Int. Cert. Adv. Cert.

PPG Pilot Cert.

1. An understanding of the following terms:

Aerofoils – camber, span & chord A B C C C

Aspect ratio A B C C C

Weight, lift and drag as forces acting on an aircraft C C C C C

Parasitic & induced drag A B C C C

Wing tip vortices B C C C C

Angle of attack – relative airflow B C C C C

Stalling angle of attack C C C C C

Wing loading A B C C C

Pitch, roll and yaw C C C C C

Wash-out (wing twist) B C C C C

Wing sweep A B C C C

Anhedral & dihedral A A B C C

Trim speed B C C C C

Page 115: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Flight Training Syllabus

Theory

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 115 of 162

Glide angle & L/D ratio B C C C C

Variable billow (VB & VG) A B C C C

2. Relationship of the following factors in the production of lift and drag by an aerofoil:

Angle of attack C C C C C

Air density A B B C C

Angle of bank A B C C C

Velocity A B C C C

Surface area/shape A B C C C

3. The relationship of the following factors:

Airspeed, ground speed and wind strength C C C C C

Angle of attack and stall C C C C C

Angle of attack and brake position/bar position and pressures

C C C C C

Aircraft dive recovery and wing design features A C C C C

Wind strength direction and glide angle penetration B C C C C

Wash out and stall recovery B C C C C

Wing tip vortices, induced drag and ground effect B C C C C

Centre of Gravity and Centre of Pressure (and pendulum stability) related to aircraft control

B C C C C

Centre of Gravity and hang point of positioning and limits) A A B C C

Altitude indicated air speed ground speed & glide performance

A B B B B

Air speed stall speed and G loading B C C C

Effects of wing loading on take-off, flight and landing - B C C C

Consideration for security of loads/equipment - B C C C

4. An understanding of the primary controls and how they should be used:

Weight shift control, Use of brakes/back risers C C C C C

Glide adjustments both airspeed and altitude P B C C C

How the aircraft is turned & the relationship between angle of bank, airspeed and rate radius of turn

B B C C C

The effects of power settings and angle of attack to achieve varying angles of climb and descent

- - - - C

How to improve or degrade turn efficiency (control of slip) A B C C C

Control of cross-wind headings (crabbing and crabbing turns)

P C C C C

Responsiveness of control through range of airspeeds B C C C C

Pitch and roll co-ordination for 360 degree turns in a variety of conditions

- C C C C

Maintaining heading and pitch control through turbulence B C C C C

5. Stalling:

The causes of a stall C C C C C

Indications of an impending stall C C C C C

Page 116: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Flight Training Syllabus

Theory

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 116 of 162

How to recover from a stall C C C C C

The relationship between angle of attack and airspeed C C C C C

The relationship between angle of bank and stalling B C C C C

The relationship between angle of bank and G loading B C C C C

The effect of wing loading on stalling speed B C C C C

The effect of angle of bank on stalling speed B C C C C

Aircraft response to stalling in a turn P B C C C

Use of controls in recovering from a stall in a turn B C C C C

How to recognise and recover from a spin or a spiral B C C C C

6. Take-off:

The relationship between wind strength and take-off techniques

B C C C C

The effect of wind direction on take-off run/roll B C C C C

The effects of pitch/brake adjustments during take-off run/roll

P C C C C

The effect (if any) of propeller rotation and steering control on directional control during take off

- - - - C

The need to adjust techniques for different or changing launch slope angles

B C C C C

The use of and commands for assisted launches P C C C C

7. Approach and Landing:

The Standard Landing Approach and its advantages B P C C C

Reasons for figure eight landing approach A B C C C

Emergency landing options and overshoot control B B C C C

Effect of wind gradient and how it is overcome B C C C C

Bleeding-off of airspeed and flare timing and technique P B C C C

Coping with cross wind landing P B C C C

Final glide judgment A C C C C

Low turns and wind direction considerations B C C C C

Ground handling, parking and de-rigging in various conditions

C C C C C

Baulked/missed approach and go around - - - - C

8. Aircraft Maintenance:

Recognition of defects/damage, causes and implications P P C C C

Storage, transport and handling P C C C C

Rigging and de-rigging considerations P C C C C

Logging maintenance procedures P C C C C

9. Rules and Procedures:

The use and purpose of log book/s P C C C C

HGFA Operations Manual B C C C C

CAO 95.8, CAO 95.10, CAO 95.32 B C C C C

Rules of the Air B C C C C

Use of Air navigation charts - A B C C

Page 117: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Flight Training Syllabus

Theory

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 117 of 162

Flight & area restrictions/controlled and uncontrolled airspace

- A B C C

10. Meteorology:

Airflow and air pressure differences A B C C C

Lift, sink and turbulence B C C C C

Effect of terrain influences on airflow B C C C C

Wind strength considerations and indicators B C C C C

Wind direction indicators and considerations P C C C C

General observation skills P P C C C

Turbulence: mechanical, terrain, convection, local wind,

A C C C C

Relationship of wind velocity and turbulence B C C C C

The evaluation of potential turbulent areas or conditions and their possible effect on flight operations

A B C C C

Wind gradient P C C C C

Sea breezes, valley winds, anabatic and katabatic winds and diurnal wind changes

A B C C C

Fronts, squalls, storms and thermals A B C C C

Major weather phenomena and their indications relative to flight decisions

P C C C C

Clouds and dangers A B C C C

Visibility - A B B C

Wind Shear A B C C C

Dew-point, lapse rate, convergence and inversions A B C C C

Weather Chart analysis - - B C C

Soaring forecasts - - B C C

Met terminology and standard aviation abbreviations A C C

11. Soaring Strategies:

Glider sink rate and strength of lift relationship B C C C C

Ridge/slope soaring strategies - P C C C

Influence of thermals/instability B C A C C

Soaring envelope P B C C B

Locating thermals - A B C B

Thermal soaring strategies - A B C A

XC planning - - A B B

12. Emergency procedures:

Tail wind/cross wind landings B C C C C

Stall whilst flying near slope A C C C -

Stall in wind gradient close to ground P C C C C

Overshoot toward surf A C C C -

Loss of penetration at normal flying speeds A B C C -

High speed oscillations A P C C C

Tree, steep slope and water landings A A B C A

Obstacles in landing area - B C C B

Cloud suck/white out A C C C

Extreme turbulence/extreme sink - A C C C

Page 118: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Flight Training Syllabus

Theory

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 118 of 162

13. Airmanship

Flight Planning and traffic look-out P P C C C

Local site rules and considerations P P B C C

Pre-flight check-in with SO/ Duty Pilot/ local advanced pilots P C C C C

Margins for error and number of variables concept B C C C C

Fitting into the flying community P P P C C

Liaison with other airspace users P P P C C

XC Navigation skills

Navigation instruments - understanding the application and units of measurement of:

- pressure altimeter B C C

- Airspeed indicator B C C

- Magnetic compasses and associated considerations in use B C C

8.3.1.2 Specific to PPG

Subject Area

PPG

Pilot Cert.

Engine, trike base and airframe pre-flight C

Fire prevention considerations during refuelling C

In-flight power limitations C

Propeller pitch considerations B

Effect on engine and aircraft performance of fine and coarse pitch propellers B

Reduction drives B

Precautions during engine warm-up, run up and run down C

Engine and associated systems, understanding:

how a piston engine functions

ignition system components

ignition system faults and effects on engine operation

understanding fuel and carburation systems

understanding octane levels, fuel grading and selection applicable to engine performance

venting

useable and unusable fuel

control of engines and indications of engine performance

B

B

B

B

B

B

C

C

Engine instrumentation - understanding the application and units of measurement of:

- Tachometer

- Temperature and other relevant engine monitoring gauges

C

B

8.3.1.3 Weightshift Microlight Syllabus of Flight Training (Theory).

Please refer to the Memorandum Of Understanding between the HGFA and RAA.

HGFA Doc: MoU-01 (See 1.3 - HGFA Operational Documents Register)

CASA File: EF11/155471 “MOU between RA-Aus and HGFA”

In accordance with the CASA directive issued on 22nd July 2011, both the HGFA and RAA are to provide assurance to CASA that the oversight of Weightshift Microlights administered by the HGFA & RA-Aus under CAO95.32 are standardised. This standardisation is to be across those elements of flight training and training in aircraft maintenance.

Page 119: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Flight Training Syllabus

Practical Flight Training

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 119 of 162

8.3.2 Practical Flight Training 8.3.2.1 Hang Gliding & Paragliding Syllabus

The following syllabi specify the minimum standards of ability required. The percentage values are used to indicate the minimum degree of ability required for each individual item within a particular subject as follows:

% skill

50% Assisted by the instructor to perform the activity correctly. {Examples: wire/keel assisted launch; constant radio direction for soaring; under supervision in two place aircraft}

75% Ability to perform the activity correctly without assistance, but under carefully supervised conditions. {Examples: High glides without radio instructions; soaring or WM operations without radio but with complete debrief and flight analysis}

100% Ability to perform the skill sequence correctly and adjusts actions automatically to cope with emergencies or environmental fluctuations, without instructional supervision or assistance.

Note: The percentages indicated define the minimum acceptable standards, for issue of the relevant Pilot Certificate or endorsement, to be achieved prior to undergoing a flight test.

Table 3: Hang Gliding & Paragliding, Syllabus of Flight Training.

Skill Ab Initio

Flights > 200 ft AGL

Supervised Certificate

Intermediate Certificate

Advanced Certificate

1. Aircraft Set-up 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

2. Flight Preparation:

Pre-flight inspection 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Harness/helmet check 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Attachment/hang check 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

3. Ground Handling:

Assessment of conditions 50% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Establishment/attitude 75% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Pre take off check 75% 100% 100% 100% 100%

4. Launch Phase

Smooth acceleration 75% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Control of pitch and roll throughout take-off 75% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Smooth transition to flight 75% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Nil wind take-off 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Light-moderate wind 75% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Slight cross wind take-off 50% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Moderate winds N/A N/A 75% 100% 100%

Wire assisted take-off N/A N/A 50% 100% 100%

5. Level and Straight Flight

Control of pitch, attitude and airspeed 75% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Control of roll and yaw 75% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Maintenance of heading 75% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Airspeed, accuracy at trim speed, best glide, minimum sink for conditions & situation

50% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Prone or harness entry N/A 50% 100% 100% 100%

6. Approach and Landing

Final approach, wings level,

accuracy of airspeed, glide adjustment and body position

50% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Page 120: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Flight Training Syllabus

Practical Flight Training

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 120 of 162

Final flare with appropriate timing and power for conditions

50% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Approach planning 50% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Adaption of approach for changed conditions or emergency

50% 50% 100% 100% 100%

Height loss manoeuvring N/A N/A 50% 75% 100%

Small field landing N/A N/A N/A 75% 100%

Moderate cross wind final approach leg N/A N/A 50% 100% 100%

Post landing glider control 75% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Spot landing accuracy (within 10 metres) N/A N/A N/A 50% 100%

7. Turning

Shallow bank/heading maintenance 75% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Look out & traffic separation

Efficient turns for height conservation N/A 50% 100% 100% 100%

Descending turns & control of slip N/A 50% 75% 100% 100%

Turns in lifting air

360 degree turns, shallow and steep N/A 50% 100% 100% 100%

Control close to hill N/A N/A 50% 100% 100%

8. Stalling

Recognition of approach of stall 50% 100% 100% 100% 100%

The stall

Recovery from straight & Level stall

N/A 75% 100% 100% 100%

Recovery when wing drops 50% 75% 100% 100% 100%

9. Flight Planning:

Observation & interpretation of Conditions N/A 75% 100% 100% 100%

Crosswind drift allowances and crabbing flight N/A 50% 100% 100% 100%

Ridge soaring strategies N/A 50% 100% 100% 100%

Thermal soaring strategies N/A N/A N/A 75% 100%

Airspace limitations and restrictions N/A 50% 75% 100% 100%

Emergency procedures N/A 50% 100% 100% 100%

X/C planning N/A N/A N/A 75% 100%

Navigation (distance >25NM) N/A N/A N/A 50% 100%

Forecast interpretation N/A N/A 50% 75% 100%

Close proximity thermaling N/A N/A N/A 50% 100%

10. General Operations

Flight Log keeping 50% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Flight rules and procedures 50% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Site regulations and Safety Officer/ Duty Officer system

50% 75% 100% 100% 100%

Mixed operations N/A N/A 50% 75% 100%

Airfield operations N/A N/A N/A 75% 100%

VHF radio operations N/A N/A N/A 50% 100%

Operations > 5000 ft N/A N/A N/A 50% 100%

Page 121: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Flight Training Syllabus

Practical Flight Training

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 121 of 162

8.3.2.2 Powered Paragliding Syllabi (Foot/Wheel), Including Cross Country Endorsement.

The following syllabi specify the minimum standards of ability required. The percentage values are used to indicate the minimum degree of ability required for each individual item within a particular subject as follows:

% skill

50% Assisted by the instructor to perform the activity correctly. {Examples: wire/keel assisted launch; constant radio direction for soaring; under supervision in two place aircraft}

75% Ability to perform the activity correctly without assistance, but under carefully supervised conditions. {Examples: High glides without radio instructions; soaring or WM operations without radio but with complete debrief and flight analysis}

100% Ability to perform the skill sequence correctly and adjusts actions automatically to cope with emergencies or environmental fluctuations, without instructional supervision or assistance.

Note: The percentages indicated define the minimum acceptable standards, for issue of the relevant Pilot Certificate or endorsement, to be achieved prior to undergoing a flight test.

Syllabus of Flight Training – Powered Paragliding (Foot or Wheel launched)

Skill Certificate PPG XC Endorsement

1. Aircraft Set-up 100% 100%

2. Flight Preparation:

Pre-flight inspection 100% 100%

Harness/helmet check 100% 100%

Attachment check 100% 100%

Separation requirements - from members of the public 100% 100%

Starting and warm-up, use of power 100% 100%

Aircraft weight management - understand, the effect of wing loading on aircraft performance and handling; and the need to keep aircraft weight to permitted limits

100% 100%

3. Ground Handling:

Assessment of conditions 100% 100%

Establishment/attitude 100% 100%

Pre take off check 100% 100%

4. Launch Phase

Smooth acceleration 100% 100%

Control of pitch and roll throughout take-off 100% 100%

Smooth transition to flight 100% 100%

Nil wind take-off 75% 100%

Light-moderate wind 100% 100%

Slight cross wind take-off 100% 100%

Moderate winds 75% 100%

5. Level and Straight Flight

Control of pitch, attitude and airspeed 100% 100%

Control of roll and yaw 100% 100%

Maintenance of heading 100% 100%

Airspeed, accuracy at trim speed, best glide, minimum sink for conditions & situation

100% 100%

6. Approach and Landing

Final approach, wing level,

accuracy of airspeed, glide adjustment and body position 100% 100%

Page 122: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Flight Training Syllabus

Practical Flight Training

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 122 of 162

Final flare with appropriate timing and power for conditions

100% 100%

Approach planning 100% 100%

Adaption of approach for changed conditions or emergency

100% 100%

Height loss manoeuvring 75% 100%

Small field landing 75% 100%

Moderate cross wind final approach leg 75% 100%

Post landing glider control 100% 100%

Spot landing accuracy (within 10 metres) (Foot launched) 50% 100%

7. Turning

Shallow bank/heading maintenance 100% 100%

Look out & traffic separation

Efficient turns for height conservation 100% 100%

Descending turns 75% 100%

Turns in lifting air

360 degree turns, shallow and steep 75% 100%

8. Stalling

Recognition of approach of stall 100% 100%

The stall

Recovery from straight & Level stall

100% 100%

Recovery when wing drops 100% 100%

9. Flight Planning:

Observation & interpretation of Conditions 100% 100%

Crosswind drift allowances and crabbing flight 100% 100%

Turbulence considerations - wake avoidance 100% 100%

Airspace limitations and restrictions 75% 100%

Emergency procedures 100% 100%

10. Cross Country Flight Planning

Interpretation and use of weather charts and forecasts 75% 100%

Interpretation and use of aeronautical charts, publications and documents

75% 100%

Aircraft weight management - understand, the effect of wing loading on aircraft performance; and the need to keep aircraft weight to permitted limits.

100% 100%

Flight plan, including Fuel management, fuel reserve calculations, and flight note requirements

75% 100%

11. Navigation

Map reading 75% 100%

Compass use and errors 75% 100%

12. General Operations

Flight Log keeping 100% 100%

Engine failure during or directly after take-off - partial or complete

100% 100%

In-flight emergency landing options 100% 100%

Mixed operations 75% 100%

Airfield operations 75% 100%

Page 123: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Flight Training Syllabus

Practical Flight Training

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 123 of 162

VHF radio operations 100% 100%

8.3.2.3 Weightshift Microlight Syllabus of Flight Training.

Please refer to the Memorandum Of Understanding between the HGFA and RAA.

HGFA Doc: MoU-01 (See 1.3 - HGFA Operational Documents Register)

CASA File: EF11/155471 “MOU between RA-Aus and HGFA”

In accordance with the CASA directive issued on 22nd July 2011, both the HGFA and RAA are to provide assurance to CASA that the oversight of Weightshift Microlights administered by the HGFA & RA-Aus under CAO95.32 are standardised. This standardisation is to be across those elements of flight training and training in aircraft maintenance.

Page 124: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Aerotow (HG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 124 of 162

8.4 Endorsement Syllabus

8.4.1 Aerotow (HG) Endorsement Syllabus – Aerotow Endorsement for Hang Glider Certificate holders.

Standards of Competency for the issue of Aerotow Endorsement

Skill Standard Required

1. Set-up

Understanding and location of the HGFA Towing Manual Demonstrated

Introduction to the Tug Pilot and flight parameters the tow pilot must consider 100%

Introduction to the ground crew and specific roles 100%

Setting tow bridle and attachment points to the glider and harness 100%

Understanding and tying weak links 100%

Set up and use of the dolly 100%

Understanding the pilot end of the tow rope 100%

Carries out all pre-flight and pre-tow checks 100%

2. Launch Phase

Effect of prop wash on performance 100%

Effect of prop wash on visibility 100%

Use of Signals, to launch and in flight 100%

Dolly roll and behaviour in different wind directions 100%

Foot launched technique 100%

Dolly launch technique 100%

3. In flight

Flight attitude and smooth glider control 100%

Aerotows in moderate thermal conditions 100%

Aerotows in strong thermal conditions 100%

Use of signals 100%

4. Emergency

Loss of dolly control 100%

Lock out 100%

Weak link breaks 100%

Release failures, tug, glider, both 100%

Page 125: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Ground Tow (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 125 of 162

8.4.2 Ground Tow (HG/PG) Endorsement Syllabus – Ground Tow Endorsement for Paraglider, Hang Glider Certificate holders and Powered Paraglider Certificate Holders with a Free Flight Endorsement

Standards of Competency for the issue of Ground Tow Endorsement

Skill Standard Required

1. Set-up

Understanding and location of the HGFA Towing Manual Demonstrated

Introduction to the tow vehicle or winch and operating parameters the vehicle or winch operator must consider

100%

Introduction to the ground crew and specific roles 100%

Setting tow bridle and attachment points to the glider and harness 100%

Understanding and tying weak links 100%

Set up and use of the dolly 100%

Understanding the pilot end of the tow rope 100%

Carries out all pre-flight and pre-tow checks 100%

UHF Radio – Towing sequence / protocols 100%

2. Launch Phase

Use of Visual Signals, to launch and in flight 100%

Dolly roll and behaviour in different wind directions 100%

Foot launched technique 100%

Dolly launch technique 100%

3. In flight

Flight attitude and smooth glider control 100%

Use of signals 100%

4. Emergency

Loss of dolly control 100%

Lock out 100%

Weak link breaks 100%

Winch or vehicle failure 100%

Release failures 100%

Page 126: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Tugmaster Aerotow (WM)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 126 of 162

8.4.3 Tugmaster Aerotow (WM) Endorsement Syllabus – Tugmaster Endorsement for Weightshift Microlights pilots

Standards of Competency for the issue of Tugmaster Endorsement

Skill Standard Required

1. Set-up

Understanding and location of the HGFA Towing Manual Demonstrated

Introduction to the Glider Pilot and flight parameters the glider pilot must consider 100%

Introduction to the ground crew and specific roles 100%

Setting the bridle and attachment points to the aircraft 100%

Understanding and tying weak links 100%

Understanding the pilot end of the tow rope 100%

Carries out all pre-flight and pre-tow checks 100%

2. Launch Phase

Effect of prop wash on the glider 100%

Effect of additional drag on aircraft performance 100%

Use of Signals, to launch and in flight 100%

Foot and Dolly launched technique 100%

3. In flight

Flight attitude and smooth aircraft control 100%

Aerotows in moderate thermal conditions and effect on aircraft performance 100%

Aerotows in strong thermal conditions and effect on aircraft performance 100%

Release & Descent Procedures 100%

Approach, Landing & Go-around procedures 100%

Use of signals 100%

4. Emergency

Effect of aircraft performance when there is a loss of dolly control 100%

Effect of aircraft performance when there is a Lock out 100%

Weak link breaks and effect on aircraft performance 100%

Release failures, tug, glider, both 100%

Stop on take-off run, (partial or full engine failure procedure) 100%

Page 127: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Cross Country (WM/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 127 of 162

8.4.4 Cross Country (WM/PPG) Endorsement Syllabus - Cross Country Endorsement for a Weightshift Pilot or Powered Paraglider certificate holder

Standards of Competency for the issue of Weightshift Microlighting Cross Country Endorsement

Skill Before Solo Navigation Flight

Standard of Competency

Cross Country Endorsement

Standard of Competency

1. Flight Planning

Preparation for flight, pilot, aircraft, equipment and log book requirements

75% 100%

Interpretation and use of weather charts and forecasts 50% 100%

Interpretation and use of aeronautical charts, publications and documents

75% 100%

Basic flight computer usage 75% 100%

Flight plan, including:

cruise level, airspace requirements (avoidance/radio)

track, distance, heading, ground speed and time interval calculations

fuel management including fuel reserve calculations

flight note requirements

75% 100%

2. Navigation

Map reading 100% 100%

Compass use and errors 75% 100%

Flight log keeping 75% 100%

Diversion procedures 75% 100%

Lost procedures 75% 100%

Flight rules and procedures 100% 100%

Page 128: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Formation Flying (PPG/WM)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 128 of 162

8.4.5 Formation Flying (PPG/WM) Endorsement Syllabus – Weightshift Formation Endorsement for a Weightshift Pilot or Powered Paraglider certificate holder.

Standards of Competency for the issue of a Weightshift Formation Endorsement

Skill Standard Required

1. Set-up

Flight planning, participant briefing and position sequence 100%

Aircraft communication planning 100%

Understanding aircraft performance, mixed aircraft and power setting. 100%

Passenger briefing 100%

2. Launch and landing Phase

Understanding wake turbulence 100%

Variation between aircraft performance during ground roll, different surfaces and wind conditions

100%

Compensating for roll and pitch performance at low speed and aircraft positioning 100%

Communication during launch and preparation for landing 100%

3. In flight

Effect of power setting and speed relative to additional aircraft 100%

Effect of weather conditions and turbulence on aircraft movement, including sun glare

100%

Maintaining position and maintenance of the flight plan and variation in-flight to flight plans.

100%

Maintaining the 4 stations of flight 100%

Join-up & Breakaway Manouvers 100%

Change of leader during the flight 100%

Communication during all phases of the flight 100%

4. Emergency

Action in the advent of a communication failure 100%

Collision avoidance action during all stages of the flight 100%

8.4.6 Foot Launch Endorsement (PPG) Refer to 8.3.2.2 “Powered Paragliding Syllabi (Foot/Wheel), Including Cross Country Endorsement”.

8.4.7 Wheel Launch Endorsement (PPG) Refer to 8.3.2.2 “Powered Paragliding Syllabi (Foot/Wheel), Including Cross Country Endorsement”.

Page 129: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Free Flight (PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 129 of 162

8.4.8 Free Flight (PPG) Endorsement Syllabus – Free Flight endorsement for Powered Paragliding Certificate holders gaining free flight.

Standards of Competency for the issue of Free Flight Endorsement

Skill Standard Required

1. Aircraft Set-up

Aircraft Set-up 100%

2. Ground Handling

Assessment of conditions 100%

Establishment/attitude 100%

Pre take off check 100%

Smooth acceleration and transition to flight 100%

3. Launch Phase

Smooth acceleration 100%

Control of pitch and roll throughout take-off 100%

Smooth transition to flight 100%

3. In Flight

Harness entry and exit 100%

Final flare with appropriate timing 100%

Turns in lifting air 100%

Control close to the hill 100%

Ridge soaring strategies – “Ridge on Right has Right of Way”, and proximity to faster aircraft (eg. Hang Gliders)

100%

Thermal soaring strategies 100%

Close proximity thermaling – Joining thermals 100%

4. Stalling

Recognition of approach of stall 100%

The stall recovery from straight & Level stall 100%

Recovery when wing drops 100%

Page 130: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Powered Endorsement (Foot launched - HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 130 of 162

8.4.9 Powered Endorsement (Foot launched - HG/PG) Endorsement Syllabus – Foot launched Powered Hang Gliding/Paragliding endorsement for Hang Glider/Paraglider certificate holders.

Standards of Competency for the issue of a Powered Endorsement

Skill Standard Required

1. Preparation for Flight

Aircraft assembly 100%

Aircraft Log 100%

Pre-flight inspection 100%

Separation requirements - from members of the public 100%

Assessment of Conditions 100%

Starting and warm-up, use of power 100%

Pre take-off checks 100%

Aircraft weight management - understand, the effect of wing loading on aircraft performance and handling; and the need to keep aircraft weight to permitted limits.

100%

2. Flight Planning

Airspace limitations 100%

Take-off into wind 100%

3. Flight

Take-off 100%

Lookout and separation from other aircraft 100%

Level & straight flight, climbing, descending, turning, recognizing approach of stall 100%

Turbulence considerations - wake avoidance 100%

Circuit ,approach and landing approach - powered and glide approaches 100%

4. Navigation:

Map reading 100%

Compass use and errors 100%

5. Emergency Procedures:

Engine failure during or directly after take-off - partial or complete 100%

In-flight emergency landing options 100%

Confined field landings 100%

Page 131: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Oxygen (HG/PG/PPG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 131 of 162

8.4.10 Oxygen (HG/PG/PPG) Endorsement Syllabus – Oxygen Endorsement for Advanced Paraglider, Hang Glider, Powered Paraglider Certificate holders.

Standards of Competency for the issue of an Oxygen Endorsement Skill Standard Required

1. Pre Set-up

Understanding the body’s oxygen requirements with altitude 100%

Able to describe 2 different oxygen systems 100% Give detailed description of each component of an oxygen supply system 100% Know oxygen flow rates required at altitude 100%

Describe health risks and signs of oxygen deprivation at altitude 100% Describe altimetry, airspace and radio requirements above 10,000’ 100%

2. Set up Phase

Set up and testing system, IAW manufacturers manual 100% Mounting and securing the oxygen system to the aircraft or pilot 100% Pre take off testing the mounting system for aircraft control in normal and abnormal flight conditions

100%

3. Simulated In flight

System activation 100% System control and flow adjustment 100%

Use of altimeter, radio and oxygen systems 100% Understanding VMC requirements 100%

Understanding altimeter and radio requirements 100%

4. Emergency

The body’s oxygen requirements in high stress or with high physical exertion 100% Identifying and required action with the loss of oxygen 100%

Page 132: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

VHF Radio (HG/PG/PPG/WM)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 132 of 162

8.4.11 VHF Radio (HG/PG/PPG/WM) The following syllabus specifies the minimum standards of ability and understanding required for the issue of a HGFA Radio Operator Endorsement.

The qualifying letters are used to indicate the degree of knowledge and skill required for issue of the endorsement.

• A - Basic understanding of the subject matter.

• B - Thorough understanding of the subject matter, capable without assistance, to provide detailed explanations of requirements and

practical application.

• C - Basic practical application.

• D - Thorough application of relevant procedures and knowledge.

Endorsement Syllabus– VHF Radio

Subject Area Radio Operator Endorsement

1. Privileges and Limitations of Endorsement holder:

CAO’s, CAR 166 and HGFA Operations Manual B

Required use of Spectrum Management Approved Radios B

Requirements for use of hand held equipment A,D

Requirements for radio /certificate issue B

2. Communications - General:

Phonetic alphabet and numbers B

Standard phraseology D

HGFA aircraft callsign requirements B,D

Strength and clarity definition A,D

Definitions relating to communications (refer: AIP-GEN or VFG) A

UTC Date & Time system B,D

3. Documentation:

Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) A,D

Enroute Supplement Australia (ERSA) A,D

Aeronautical Charts (ERC, VTC, PCA) A,D

NOTAM A,D

4. Characteristics of VHF Radio:

Line of sight B

Carrier wave A

Modulation A

Use of squelch D

VHF aviation band frequency designation A,C

5. Practical operation of radio equipment:

Normal operation - on/off, frequency change, squelch, volume A,D

Fault finding - on/off, frequency change, squelch, volume, circuit breaker, power supply, aerial type and location, electrical interference

AD

Page 133: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Tandem (HG/PG)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 133 of 162

8.4.12 Tandem (HG/PG) Endorsement Syllabus – Tandem Endorsement for Hang Gliders and Paragliders.

Standards of Competency for the issue of Tandem Endorsement

Skill Standard Required

1. Set-up

Aircraft design and characteristics for operations 100%

Understanding of aircraft weight and balance and effect of additional weight 100%

Site selection 100%

Weather considerations 100%

Passenger briefing 100%

Ground crew requirements and crowd control awareness 100%

2. Launch and landing Phase

Effect of additional weight on aircraft speed setting, performance in roll and pitch 100%

Limitations on performance during launch run or roll in varying wind conditions 100%

Passenger briefing and communication during the flight and preparation for landing 100%

3. In flight

Effect of additional weight on aircraft speed setting for best l/d, stall, 100%

Effect of additional weight on aircraft performance in thermalling, 100%

Passenger communication during all phases of the flight 100%

4. Emergency

Adverse passenger response or action during all stages of the flight 100%

Preparation and planning for aborted flight at any stage during the flight, landing field selection and passenger briefing

100%

Page 134: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Tandem (PPG) (Foot & Wheel Launched)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 134 of 162

8.4.13 Tandem (PPG) (Foot & Wheel Launched) Endorsement Syllabus – Powered Paragliding Tandem Endorsement.

Standards of Competency for the issue of a PPG Tandem Endorsement

Skill Standard Required

1. Set-up

Weather & Location 100%

Understanding and calculation of aircraft weight and balance 100%

Passenger briefing 100%

Crowd control awareness and/or measures 100%

2. Launch and landing Phase

Effect of additional weight on aircraft speed setting 100%

Variation of performance during ground roll, different surfaces and wind conditions 100%

Changes in roll and pitch performance at low speed 100%

Passenger briefing and communication during launch and preparation for landing 100%

3. In flight

Effect of additional weight on aircraft speed setting 100%

Effect of additional weight on aircraft characteristics in stall and cruise 100%

Effect of additional weight on fuel flow (consumption) 100%

Passenger communication during all phases of the flight 100%

4. Emergency

Adverse passenger response or action during all stages of the flight 100%

Preparation and planning for aborted flight at any stage during the flight, landing field selection and passenger briefing

100%

Page 135: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Tandem (WM)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 135 of 162

8.4.14 Tandem (WM) Standards of Competency for the issue of a Weightshift Tandem Endorsement

Skill Standard Required

1. Set-up

Weather and Location 100%

Understanding and calculation of aircraft weight and balance 100%

Passenger briefing 100%

Crowd control awareness and/or measures 100%

2. Take-off and landing Phase

Effect of additional weight on aircraft speed setting 100%

Variation of performance during ground roll, different surfaces and wind conditions 100%

Changes in roll and pitch performance at low speed 100%

Passenger briefing and communication during launch and preparation for landing 100%

3. In flight

Effect of additional weight on aircraft speed setting 100%

Effect of additional weight on aircraft characteristics in stall and cruise 100%

Effect of additional weight on fuel flow (consumption) 100%

Passenger communication during all phases of the flight 100%

4. Emergency

Adverse passenger response or action during all stages of the flight 100%

Preparation and planning for aborted flight at any stage during the flight, landing field selection and passenger briefing

100%

Page 136: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Pilot Flight Training - Endorsement Syllabus

Tandem – (Instructional) - (HG/PG/PPG/WM)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 136 of 162

8.4.15 Tandem – (Instructional) - (HG/PG/PPG/WM) Endorsement Syllabus – Tandem Endorsement (Instructional) for Hang Gliders, Paragliders, Powered Paragliders and Weightshift Microlights.

Standards of Competency for the issue of Tandem Endorsement (Instructor)

Skill Standard Required

1. Set-up

Aircraft design and characteristics for operations 100%

Understanding of aircraft weight and balance and effect of additional weight

Site selection 100%

Weather considerations 100%

Student briefing and training plan 100%

Ground crew requirements and crowd control awareness 100%

2. Launch and landing Phase

Effect of additional weight on aircraft speed setting, performance in roll and pitch 100%

Limitations on performance during launch run or roll in varying wind conditions 100%

Student briefing and communication during the flight and preparation for landing 100%

3. In flight

Effect of additional weight on aircraft speed setting for best l/d, stall, 100%

Effect of additional weight on aircraft performance in thermalling, 100%

Student communication during all phases of the flight 100%

4. Emergency

Adverse Student response or action during all stages of the flight 100%

Preparation and planning for aborted flight at any stage during the flight, landing field selection and student briefing

100%

Page 137: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Certification Specifications and Standards:

Minimum Standards for Hang Gliders and Paragliders (CAO 95.8)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 137 of 162

9 Aircraft & Equipment Standards The continued safe operations of aircraft are dependent on four principal factors:

(a) design of the aircraft;

(b) manufacture of the aircraft;

(c) standard of maintenance applied to the aircraft; and

(d) operations to which the aircraft is subject to.

9.1 Certification Specifications and Standards: The HGFA recognises the following specification and certification standards:

(a) Hang Glider Manufacturers Association of the USA (HGMA) (b) Gutesiegel of Germany (DHV / LTF) (c) Deutschen Ultraleichtflugverbandes (DULV) (d) Dirección General de Aeronáutica Civil (DGAC) (e) European Standards – EN (CEN) (f) German Paramotoring Association (DMSV) (g) European Academy of Parachute Rigging (EAPR) (h) Paraglider Manufacturers Association (PMA) (i) Light Sport Aircraft (LSA)

9.2 Aircraft Design / Construction (Solo)

9.2.1 Minimum Standards for Hang Gliders and Paragliders (CAO 95.8) The HGFA Safety and Operations Committee may from time to time stipulate minimum standards for the design, performance and manufacture of paragliders and hang gliders.

There are no specified certification requirements for pilot only aircraft.

Note: Competitions may stipulate minimum design certification requirements in the interest of Pilot safety, especially for the experimental / high performance and difficult to recover paragliding wings.

9.2.2 Standards for Weightshift Microlights & Powered Paragliders (CAOs 95.10, 95.32) CASA may from time to time change the applicability criteria of CAO’s 95.10 and 95.32.

Pilots of these aircraft shall maintain a working knowledge of the current CAO’s.

Failure to comply with these Civil Aviation Orders and relevant legislation is unlawful and can attract significant penalties.

Stay current by visiting www.casa.gov.au

9.3 Aircraft Design / Construction (Passenger) For any HGFA aircraft to carry a passenger, either for enjoyment or instruction, the aircraft must be certified as rated to safely and reliably carry the total load of the aircraft, occupants and equipment either by:

(a) Type Certification, which means: (i) A model of aircraft that was manufactured by the holder of a certificate of approval in relation to the manufacture of aircraft of that

kind; or (ii) A model of aircraft that was manufactured in accordance with a written approval given by CASA; or

Page 138: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Ancilliary Equipment

Standards for Helmets

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 138 of 162

(iii) A model of aircraft which was exported to Australia — in relation to which there has been issued, by the appropriate authority of the country from which the aircraft was exported, a certificate that is accepted in writing by CASA or HGFA and that relates to the airworthiness of the aeroplane.

(b) Engineer Certified, which means an individual aircraft is: (i) Certified by an Engineer as to the structural integrity and suitability of the aircraft for its intended loads; and (ii) The certification is specific to that individual aircraft unit / assembly, and is not transferrable; and (iii) The aircraft’s engineering certificate has been accepted in writing by either CASA, HGFA or the RAA.

9.4 Ancilliary Equipment 9.4.1.1 Standards for Altimeters

The standards for altimeters are specified within Advisory Circular (AC) 21.46 which can be viewed by following the links on the CASA website.

Note: A specification issued by the competent authority in a contracting state (this means the relevant Civil Aviation Authority in other countries), or a manufacturer’s proprietary specification may, upon application to the CASA be designated as an alternative design standard.

9.5 Emergency Equipment

9.5.1 Standards for Helmets Helmets are strongly recommended for all HGFA flying operations; and are mandatory for all HGFA flying training operations. The helmets used shall conform to the following specifications.

The helmet shall:

(a) preferably have a hard outer shell for penetration resistance;

(b) be lined with foam (expanded polystyrene or similar) and a soft inner lining for comfort and impact resistance;

(c) not restrict the movement or vision of the pilot and preferably leave the pilots ears exposed;

(d) be as light as possible;

(e) be free from holes or other items that can catch on obstructions during impact;

(f) be able to be adjusted for the correct fit; and

(g) For training operations, be manufactured in accordance with the Australia/New Zealand standard as detailed within AS/NZS 2063.

9.5.2 Standards for Emergency Parachutes Emergency Parachutes used for hang gliding, paragliding and weightshift microlights shall be of a type specifically designed and constructed for use with the specific aircraft type.

The HGFA recommends that emergency parachutes be certified to EN, LTF or an equivalent recognised standard, by a reputable rating body such as DHV, DULV, DGAC or similar.

Emergency parachutes shall be maintained in accordance with the recommendations of the parachute manufacturer.

Notwithstanding a manufacturer's recommendation, the HGFA recommends the period between repacking an emergency parachute not exceed six months.

9.5.3 Emergency Beacons It is recommended all pilots carry a current personal satellite GPS messenger device or a current Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) or a current Personal Location Beacon (PLB), especially for all tandem flights, cross country flights and for any operations around or over water.

Pilots operating under CAO 95.32 and travelling more than 50NM with a passenger, must comply with CAR 252A.

Page 139: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards

Pre-flight Inspection Standards

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 139 of 162

9.6 Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards All equipment must be assembled as detailed in the manufacturer's assembly instructions.

It is the pilot's responsibility to carry out a pre-flight inspection prior to every flight operation. This must be done as per the Manufacturer’s Aircraft Operation Manual. If the Operation Manual was not received with the aircraft, every effort must be made to obtain a copy, either from the manufacturer or through the HGFA.

9.6.1 Pre-flight Inspection Standards Inspection by the pilot in command prior to each flight and in accordance with the Manufacturer Operation Manual(s) is required, and must at least include:

Aircraft Equipment: (a) Equipment assembled correctly; and

(b) Daily Inspection Completed, (See 9.6.2 or 9.6.3 or 9.6.4 or 9.6.5 as applicable)

Pilot's Equipment: (c) Pilot’s certificates and endorsements valid.

(d) Emergency parachute checked and repacked.

(e) Suitable Footwear without lace hooks which may snag lines.

(f) Radio and instrument batteries and calibration.

(g) Altimeter adjusted.

(h) Helmet on and adjusted correctly

(i) Harness and all straps fastened and adjusted correctly and attached to glider (HANG CHECK!)

Conditions: (j) Observe the intended landing area and any emergency landing areas taking careful notice of any hazards.

(k) Observe the weather for the landing and take-off areas and the intended flight course. Endeavour to forecast possible changes.

(l) Observe the take-off area planning the intended take off run and possible abort area.

(m) Wind acceptable. Ask for assistance if wind is strong. Ensure that any take-off assistants are correctly briefed.

(n) Check for approaching air traffic.

9.6.2 Daily Inspection (HG/WM Wing) Inspection of the following items following rigging of the glider prior to operations each day is required. The check should include the following:

(a) Check for no unacceptable bends, dents, scratches, in all tubes.

(b) Check wire ends for bolt and/or other fastener security.

(c) Check wires for twisted or jammed thimbles.

(d) Check wires are free of kinks, frays, abrasions, broken strands etc.

(e) Nose plate connections fastened.

(f) Sprogs secure.

(g) Tips secure.

(h) Battens and batten ties installed and fastened.

(i) A-frame connections at the top and base both sides properly fastened.

(j) Variable Geometry operation as expected (full and free movement) and set for launch.

(k) Rear keel connections secure, and rigging cords safely stowed.

(l) Cross-bar tension wire and safety stops secured for launch.

(m) Cross-bar operation (free floating).

(n) King post connections fastened.

(o) Dive strings attached and tension correct.

Page 140: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards

Daily Inspection (WM Base Unit)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 140 of 162

(p) Instruments set and operational.

(q) Sail condition suitable.

(r) Harness straps and webbing secure height adjustment correct.

(s) Emergency parachute secure, correctly mounted and attached, operating handle accessible.

9.6.3 Daily Inspection (WM Base Unit) Check security of the following:

(a) Structural tubes and wires.

(b) Seat attachment and belt(s).

(c) Hang bolt and safety strap.

(d) Landing gear: (i) Tubes and attachment points. (ii) Wheels and tyres.

(e) Foot brake clear and working.

(f) Engine: (i) Pull starter. (ii) Ignition off. (iii) No loose bolts. (iv) No loose electrical connections. (v) No loose spark plug caps. (vi) No loose or damaged parts. (vii) Throttle and choke cables operate without restriction. (viii) Top of carburettor tight. (ix) Fuel leaks. (x) Sediment in fuel filter. (xi) Oil leaks. (xii) Oil and coolant levels. (xiii) Reduction gearbox secure -no oil leaks. (xiv) Reduction (V-belt) drive check for wear, proper tracking and correct tension (xv) Exhaust springs intact and secured. (xvi) All safety wire secure.

(g) Propeller: (i) No cracks, chips or nicks. (ii) Propeller, bolts tight (iii) Safety wire secure..

(h) Fuel: (i) Fuel safety cut-off valve – on and operates freely. (ii) Fuel line for damage, contamination and secure clamps. (iii) Check security and integrity of tanks. (iv) Check fuel level - should be sufficient for flight. (v) Water check – before first flight of the day and after refuelling. (vi) Fuel drain – no leaks.

(i) Registration Current

(j) Controls: Sitting in seat with harness secured, can the throttle, brake, pedals, base bar, fuel safety cut-off valve and ignition switches be comfortably reached and operated fully.

(k) Tow Gear: (i) Secure. (ii) Release checks.

Page 141: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Assembly, Inspection and Maintenance Standards

Daily Inspection (PG/PPG Wing)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 141 of 162

9.6.4 Daily Inspection (PG/PPG Wing) Inspection of the following items prior to operations each day is required:

(a) Canopy: (i) Check for absence of tears on all surfaces including the ribs. (ii) Check stitching, especially at the line connection points. (iii) Check for no foreign objects in the canopy. (iv) Check that the paraglider weight range and certification standards (sometimes printed onto the canopy) are appropriate.

(b) Lines: (i) Knots and stitching secure. (ii) No fraying from within the braiding, or the internal core breaking which may be felt as a change in the diameter along its length. (iii) All lines must be clear of tangles. (iv) Ensure the suspension lines and the brake lines pass directly from the canopy to the appropriate riser to avoid any twists. (v) Brake line knots on the steering controls should be secure and not able to jam in their keepers. The steering control handles must not

be able to pass through their keepers. (c) Harness:

(i) Connector links firm but not over tightened. (ii) Check risers for wear under the connector links and karabiners. (iii) The risers or keepers must be low enough to ensure the steering controls are within reach after being let go during flight. (iv) All buckles should be of a type where the security can be visibly checked after fastening. (v) All hardware should show no signs of wear and should be replaced if corroding, cracking, bending, or thread stripping is evident. (vi) All stitching should be secure, paying close attention to points where stress may be placed on individual stitches. (vii) Reserve parachute attachment points correct for strength and correct reserve bridle routing.

9.6.5 Daily Inspection (PPG Motor / Wheeled Base Unit) Check security of the following:

(a) Structural tubes / frame.

(b) Seat attachment and belt(s).

(c) Landing gear (wheeled): (i) Tubes and attachment points. (ii) Wheels and tyres

(d) Foot brake clear and working.

(e) Engine: (i) Pull starter. (ii) Ignition off. (iii) No loose bolts. (iv) No loose electrical connections. (v) No loose spark plug caps. (vi) No loose or damaged parts. (vii) Throttle and choke cables operate without restriction. (viii) Top of carburettor tight. (ix) Fuel leaks. (x) Sediment in fuel filter. (xi) Oil leaks. (xii) Oil and coolant levels. (xiii) Reduction gearbox secure -no oil leaks. (xiv) Reduction (V-belt) drive check for wear, proper tracking and correct tension (xv) Exhaust springs intact and secured. (xvi) All safety wire secure.

(f) Propeller: (i) No cracks, chips or nicks. (ii) Propeller, bolts tight (iii) Safety wire cage secure..

(g) Fuel: (i) Fuel safety cut-off valve – on and operates freely. (ii) Fuel line for damage, contamination and secure clamps.

Page 142: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Hang Glider Maintenance Standards

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 142 of 162

(iii) Check security and integrity of tanks. (iv) Check fuel level - should be sufficient for flight. (v) Water check – before first flight of the day and after refuelling. (vi) Fuel drain – no leaks.

(h) Registration Current (if under CAOs 95.10 or 95.32)

(i) Controls: Sitting in seat with harness or seat belts secured; can the throttle, brake, pedals, fuel safety cut-off valve and ignition switches be comfortably reached and operated fully.

9.7 Maintenance

9.7.1 Hang Glider Maintenance Standards Note: The following Maintenance Schedules are generalised for use with varying construction details and operating conditions and as such represent minimum maintenance standards.

Within the following schedules the meaning of the codes are as follows:

Table 4: Hang Glider Maintenance Code Legend

Code Maintenance Requirement

Carried out by:

Private Operations

Training or Tandem Flts

1 Clean, service and check as directed.

Owner or Operator

Instructor or Operator

2

Check for security, cracks, wear and faulty operation.

Owner or Operator

Chief Flight Instructor

3

Remove, inspect and replace if necessary.

Owner or Operator in conjunction with independent observer.

Manufacturer or his accredited service agent.

Keeping of certified Maintenance record

Recommended Mandatory

9.7.1.1 Other Inspections

It is necessary to do a detailed inspection following any unusual stressing of the Hang Glider. This full inspection should include all details listed for six monthly maintenance.

The inspection should be noted in the log book, and any replacement of parts to be recorded.

Log Book

When maintenance is performed always check appropriate square and make an entry in your log book. It is highly recommended that a separate maintenance log book for the glider be maintained.

Page 143: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 143 of 162

9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations Table 5: Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations

1. Clean, service and check as directed

2. Check for security, cracks, wear and faulty operation

3. Remove, inspect and replace if necessary

4. Recommend replacement or overhaul

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT

Maintenance – By Period or number of flying days (whichever is sooner)

Period>

Daily Every month

Three months

Six monthly

Every year

Every 2 years

Every 4 years

Flying Days> 1 10 30 50 100 200 400

Wing Fabric deterioration and tears 1 2 2 2 2 3 4

Wing Fabric attachment points 1 2 2 2 2 3 4

Batten Elastics 1 2 2 2 2 2 3

Check Battens against template supplied 1 2 2 2 2 2

Wing wires and attachment fittings. 2 2 2 3 3 4 4

Check leading edges, keel & A Frame for straightness, dents and corrosion, check for fatigue cracks radiating from drilled holes.

2 2 2 2 3 3 3

Check reflex bridle luff lines for kinks. 2 2 2 2 2 2 4

Check Inspection Zips. 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

Check Variable Geometry and compensator ropes, pulleys and cleats.

2 2 2 2 3 3 4

All bolts, nuts, washers & safety pins. Washers under each nut & at least one thread showing outside each nut.

1 2 2 2 2 3 3

Check hang straps and karabiners for wear or damage.

2 2 2 2 3 3 4

Check saddles and fittings for cracks. 2 2 2 3 3 4

Check harness stitching, webbing, ropes, pulleys, frame and Velcro fasteners.

2 2 2 3 3 3 4

Emergency parachute (repack six monthly). 1 1 1 3 3 3 3

Instruments and radio equipment, check correct operation and structural integrity of case and any connecting cables.

1 1 2 2 2 2 2

Helmet check for cracks, wear and security of fasteners.

1 2 2 2 3 3 3

Page 144: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for training or Tandem Flights

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 144 of 162

9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for training or Tandem Flights

Table 6: Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule –training or Tandem Flights (gliders)

1. Clean, service and check as directed

2. Check for security, cracks, wear and faulty operation

3. Remove, inspect and replace if necessary 4. Recommend replacement or overhaul as specified by the manufacturer.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT

Maintenance – By period or number of flying days (whichever is sooner)

Period> Daily Every month

Three Months

Six monthly

Every Year

Every 2 Years

Every 4 Years

Flying Days> 1 10 30 50 100 200 400

Wing Fabric deterioration and tears 2 2 2 2 2 3 4

Wing Fabric attachment points 1 2 2 3 3 3 4

Batten Elastics 1 2 2 2 3 3 3

Check Battens against template supplied 2 2 2 2 3 3

Side Wires 2 2 2 3 4 4 4

All wing wires and attachment fittings. 2 2 2 2 3 3 4

Check leading edges, keel & A Frame for straightness, dents and corrosion, check for fatigue cracks radiating from drilled holes.

2 2 2 2 3 3 4

Check reflex bridle luff lines for kinks. 2 2 2 2 2 3 4

Check Inspection Zips. 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

Check Variable Geometry and compensator ropes, pulleys and cleats.

2 2 2 2 3 3 4

All bolts, nuts, washers & safety pins. Washers under each nut & at least one thread showing outside each nut.

1 2 2 2 2 3 3

Check hang straps and karabiners for wear or damage.

2 2 3 3 3 3 4

Check saddles and fittings for cracks. 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

Check harness stitching, webbing, ropes, pulleys, frame and Velcro fasteners.

2 3 3 3 3 3 3

Emergency parachute (repack six monthly). 1 1 1 3 3 3 3

Instruments and radio equipment, check correct operation and structural integrity of case and any connecting cables.

1 2 2 2 2 2 3

Helmet check for cracks, wear and security of fasteners.

2 2 2 3 3 3 3

* Usage figures refer to: Training Days for Training Gliders, and Flying Hours for Gliders.

Log Book

When maintenance is performed always check appropriate square and make an entry in the maintenance log book for the glider. Notes on Periodic Inspections of Hang Gliders

(a) Airframe Tubing (i) Installation & Removal (ii) When removing tubing do not bend or force tubes. When installing do not distort tubing from its original shape.

(b) Inspection

(i) Inspect tubing for cracks, damage from abrasion, elongated holes or distortion in tube surface. Never attempt to repair tubing, always replace with new part. Inspect tubing for corrosion in and out. If corrosion is present it must be carefully removed with sandpaper, or be replaced with a new part.

Page 145: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for training or Tandem Flights

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 145 of 162

(c) Replacement (i) Aluminium tube comes in many different sizes and grades. Only manufacturer approved tubing is be used.

(d) Bolts - Installation & Removal

(i) After tightening, all bolts should have at least 2 threads showing. (ii) All self-locking nuts should not be installed more than 2 times. (iii) If grip length is too long, washers may be added. No more than 3 washers should be used. (iv) A washer should always be installed under the nut. (v) Be sure not to over-torque bolts when installing. (vi) Check assembly instructions for correct bolt placement. (vii) Inspection - Check bolts for worn shanks, bad threads or corrosion.

(e) Sails

(i) Installation & Removal (ii) When installing or removing the sail make sure there are no sharp edges or burrs that will tear the sail. See the Flight Manual or Parts

Manual for complete instructions. Do not attempt this yourself unless you are confident in what you are doing.

(f) Inspection (i) Check for tears in the sail cloth or any loose or unravelled seams. (ii) Check all inspection zippers to see if they function smoothly and close completely. (iii) Inspect velcro strips on inboard panels for wear or frayed edges. (iv) Check undersurface support tabs. (v) Sail may be repaired with appropriate sail tape or a sewn on patch. Keep the sail clean of oil and dirt by washing the sail with soap and

water. Keep the sail covered when not in use.

CONTINUED EXPOSURE TO SUN DRAMATICALLY SHORTENS THE LIFE OF SAILS - possibly to as little as six months.

Page 146: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Paraglider Maintenance Standards

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 146 of 162

9.7.4 Paraglider Maintenance Standards Paragliders deteriorate with both use and time. The attention they receive affects their performance, safety, life span, and the

re-sale value if you decide to sell it.

9.7.4.1 Periodic Inspections

Paragliders shall be maintained in accordance with the Manufacturers Manual. Where no manufacturer’s Manual exists the aircraft shall be maintained to the Schedules contained in this Manual.

Regular Bettsometer testing for sail strength and UV degradation is advised, particularly when purchasing a 2nd hand glider.

To set a frequency for routine maintenance and checks depends on both the time since the last check, and/or the amount of use the paraglider has had.

More frequent checks should be carried out under the following conditions:

(a) Prolonged exposure to sun light. Even when in the bag. If you are getting sun burnt so is the paraglider.

(b) Flying in salty air. Especially if the paraglider is left laid out on the ground the moist salty air will settle on it allowing sharp salt crystals to enter the threads. And the metal fittings will corrode faster.

(c) Towing operations. Due to the additional loads applied to the sail and lines under tow, maintenance periods and times should be halved.

(d) Any unusual rough treatment which should be examined immediately, for example: (i) Snags on takeoff or landing. (ii) An accident or hard landing. (iii) A water landing. (iv) Standing on the lines, which can damage the internal core. (v) Allowing the canopy to crash forwards onto the ground with force which pressurizes the cells possibly ripping the ribs. (vi) Other incidents including solvent or chemical spills on the canopy, lines or risers.

(e) Bad storage conditions. (i) A glider stored while damp can cause mildew and / or mould to form on the sail and will accelerate corrosion of metal parts. (ii) Leaving the glider in its bag in the boot of the car can also cause deterioration due to excess heat and humid conditions.

Page 147: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Paraglider Maintenance Standards - Private Operations

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 147 of 162

9.7.5 Paraglider Maintenance Standards - Private Operations Note: The following Maintenance Schedules are generalised for use with varying construction details and operating conditions and as such represent minimum maintenance standards.

The meaning of the codes within the following schedules are as follows:

Table 7: Paraglider Maintenance Code Legend

Code Maintenance Requirement Carried out by:

Private Operations Training or Tandem Flights

1 a. Thorough and detailed inspection for security and any signs of wear and faulty operation. b. Replace or repair as necessary.

Owner or Operator Instructor or Operator

2 a. Thorough and detailed inspection for security and any signs of wear and faulty operation. b. Replace or repair as necessary.

c. Test flight to check flight characteristics and integrity of canopy.

Manufacturer or their accredited service agent

Manufacturer or their accredited service agent

Table 8: Paraglider Maintenance Standards - Private Operations

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Maintenance – By Period or number of flying days (whichever is sooner)

Period> Daily Six monthly

Every Year

Flying Days> 1 50 100

Wing Fabric strength, porosity, deterioration and tears 1 1 2

Wing Fabric stitching, line attachment points 1 1 2

Wing Fabric freedom from mould salt or dirt 1 1 2

Check integrity of ribs and crossports 1 1 2

Check all lines (including steering lines for correct routing, length and strength and freedom from salt or dirt)

1 1 2

Check line sheathing, diameter, knots joins and stitching and freedom from wear points.

1 1 2

Check riser stitching and freedom from wear points, steering line keepers, connector links.

1 1 2

Check harness stitching, webbing, ropes, pulleys, frame and Velcro fasteners. 1 1 2

Emergency parachute (repack six monthly). 1 2 2

Instruments and radio equipment, check correct operation and structural integrity of case and any connecting cables.

1 1 2

Helmet check for cracks, wear and security of fasteners. 1 1 2

Log Book

When maintenance is performed always check appropriate square and make an entry in your log book It is highly recommended that a separate maintenance log book for the glider be maintained Paraglider Maintenance Schedule - Gliders used for Training or Tandem Flights

Note: The following Maintenance Schedules are generalised for use with varying construction details and operating conditions and as such represent minimum maintenance standards.

Page 148: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Paraglider Maintenance Standards - Gliders used for training or Tandem Flights

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 148 of 162

9.7.6 Paraglider Maintenance Standards - Gliders used for training or Tandem Flights

The meaning of the codes within the following schedules are as follows:

Table 9: Training/ Paraglider Maintenance Code Legend

Code Maintenance Requirement Carried out by:

Private Operations Training or Tandem Flights

1 a. Thorough and detailed inspection for security and any signs of wear and faulty operation. b. Replace or repair as necessary.

Owner or Operator Instructor or Operator

2 a. Thorough and detailed inspection for security and any signs of wear and faulty operation. b. Replace or repair as necessary.

c. Test flight to check flight characteristics and integrity of canopy.

Manufacturer or their accredited service agent

Manufacturer or their accredited service agent

Table 10: Paraglider Maintenance Standards - Training or Tandem Flights

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Maintenance – by Period or number of flying days (whichever is sooner)

Period>

Daily Six monthly

Flying Days> 1 50

Wing Fabric strength, porosity, deterioration and tears 1 2

Wing Fabric stitching, line attachment points 1 2

Wing Fabric freedom from mould salt or dirt 1 2

Check integrity of ribs and crossports 1 2

Check all lines (including steering lines for correct routing, length and strength and freedom from salt or dirt)

1 2

Check line sheathing, diameter, knots joins and stitching and freedom from wear points.

1 2

Check riser stitching and freedom from wear points, steering line keepers, connector links.

1 2

Check harness stitching, webbing, ropes, pulleys, frame and Velcro fasteners. 1 2

Emergency parachute (repack six monthly). 1 2

Instruments and radio equipment, check correct operation and structural integrity of case and any connecting cables.

1 2

Helmet check for cracks, wear and security of fasteners. 1 2

Log Book

When maintenance is performed always check appropriate square and make an entry in the maintenance log book for the glider.

Page 149: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Weightshift Microlight Maintenance Standards

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 149 of 162

9.7.7 Weightshift Microlight Maintenance Standards The registration of weightshift microlights is only valid as long as all necessary Maintenance, Modification and Service requirements are fulfilled. These requirements include:

(a) Maintenance of aircraft as per either: (i) the Manufacturer’s Maintenance Schedule, or (ii) the Maintenance Schedule included in this manual, adjusted as necessary, to suit the particular weightshift microlight. (This is only to

be used in the non-existence of a Manufacturers Maintenance Schedule). (b) Modification as detailed in any relevant Airworthiness Directives.

(c) Major Modification as approved by the manufacturer (or CASR 21M Engineer as appropriate).

(d) Repairs necessary to replace minor damage, wear or ageing.

(e) Servicing, replacement and overhaul, inspection and checking in compliance with the Maintenance Schedule.

Where a weightshift microlight is used for training operations, any maintenance requiring removal or replacement of any part which would affect the airworthiness of the aircraft must be conducted by the aircraft manufacturer or the holder of a WM / Rotax Maintenance endorsement.

9.7.7.1 Airworthiness Inspections

All HGFA registered weightshift microlights must undergo an independent airworthiness inspection, after each two years of service. This independent Biennial Airworthiness Inspection (BAI) is to be conducted by a holder of a WM Inspector rating or WM / Rotax Maintenance endorsement and is a prerequisite for the renewal of WM registration.

The Biennial Airworthiness Inspection (BAI) is a safety check designed to provide periodical independent assessment of an aircraft’s condition. It is however recognised that there are situations where this requirement maybe difficult to meet. Therefore an extension to the requirement can be made available, where there is justified reason to provide it. Extension of the requirement for a BAI will generally only be provided in situations where there are extenuating circumstances restricting an owner from access to an appropriate WM Inspector or holder of a WM / Rotax Maintenance endorsement.

In most circumstances an application for the extension of time to arrange the BAI is all that is required and will be considered by the HGFA Operations Manager, so long as commitment to set a date for the BAI is demonstrated and that date is not outside a 6 month period, starting from the initial date due. Subsequent 6 months extensions cannot be applied.

Regular Bettsometer testing for sail strength and UV degradation is advised, particularly when purchasing a 2nd hand glider.

Final responsibility & liability for a microlight's airworthiness and its operation, always remain with the owner.

Note: The following Maintenance Schedules are generalised for use with varying construction details.

WM Maintenance Legend for Table 11.

Code Maintenance Requirement

1 Oil, lubrication, clean and service

2 Check as directed

3 Check for insecurity, cracks, wear and faulty operation

4 Remove, inspect and replace if necessary

5 Replacement or overhaul

Page 150: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Weightshift Microlight Maintenance Standards

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 150 of 162

9.7.7.2 WM Log Book

When maintenance is performed the appropriate square on the Maintenance Schedule should be checked off and an entry made in the appropriate log book

Table 11: WM Log Book Requirements

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT AIRCRAFT or ITEM - HOURS OF OPERATION

25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400

PROPELLER Examine for nicks and abrasions 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Check security of blades 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Check security and torque of mounting bolts, sandwich plates, nuts & cotter pins

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Check minimum 25mm clearance between tip & airframe 2 2 2

Rotate propeller to check out of track conditions - 3mm maximum at tips

2 2 2

Thrust line to be within 3 degrees of manufacturers recommendations

2 2 2 2

Check hub section for cracks 4 4 4 4

Check balance 4 4 4 4

Gearbox All welds 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

All bolts 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Oil leaks 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Drive V Belts 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 5

Reduction Pulleys 4 5

Drive Shaft Bearing 1 1 S 1 1 1 5

Drive Shaft 4 5

Propeller Shaft 4 5

Radial Bearing 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 5

Thrust Bearing 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 5

Page 151: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Weightshift Microlight Maintenance Standards

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 151 of 162

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT AIRCRAFT or ITEM - HOURS OF OPERATION

25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400

ENGINE Overhaul For a Rotax 2-stroke, this should be 300hr/5yr and for current 4-stroke Rotax, 2000hr/15yr. Same applies to gearbox components above.

Oil leaks which could indicate cracks or blown gaskets or seals

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Cylinders, tins and bottles 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

All welds 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Loose belts 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Engine Rubber Mounts 3 4 3 5 3 4 3 5

Spark plugs (2 stroke) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Spark plugs (4 stroke) 5 5 5 5

Spark Plugs and Ignition Harness Secure 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Crankcase and mounting lugs free from cracks 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Fuel Lines routed properly (free from abrasion. heat & sharp edges) – fittings tight

2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 5

Fuel Tank secure 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Fuel Filer 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Fuel Pump Fuel pump overhaul at 300hr/5yr 2-stroke. Fuel pump replaced at 5yr 4-stroke.

Throttle Cable 1 3 1 4 1 3 1 4 1 3 1 4 1 3 1 5

Air Cleaner 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 3 1 5

Check exhaust Ports for Carbon Build up 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Muffler 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 5

Muffler Springs 5 5 5 5

Ignition switch had ON/OFF identification 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Page 152: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Weightshift Microlight Maintenance Standards

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 152 of 162

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT AIRCRAFT or ITEM - HOURS OF OPERATION

25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400

Engine earthing cable 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Carburettor 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Ground run as specified by manufacturer, note static rpm in log book. If rpm below that required consult manufacturers recommendations

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Exhaust Gas Temperature operation checked 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Cylinder Head Temperature operation checked 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

WING Wing Fabric deterioration and tears 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 5

Wing Fabric Stitching 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5

Wing Fabric attachment points 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 3

Batten Elastics 3 3 3 5 3 3 3 5

Check Battens against manufacturers profile 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Wing wires and attachment fittings 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4

Check leading edges, keel & A Frame for straightness and dents

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4

Check anti luff lines for kinks 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4

TRIKE BASE Check seats and attachments 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4

Check seat safety harness & attachments for damage, deterioration & security, check latches for faulty operation

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4

Page 153: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Weightshift Microlight Maintenance Standards

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 153 of 162

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT AIRCRAFT or ITEM - HOURS OF OPERATION

25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400

All aircraft bolts, nuts, washers & safety pins. Washers under each nut & at least two threads showing outside each nut

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Check universal joint for wear or damage 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Main Hang Bolt 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5

Check all instruments secure and functioning 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

TRIKE BASE AND LANDING GEAR

All structural members & attachments 3 4 3 4 3 a 3 4

Pivot Points 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4

Shock absorbing devices 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4

Main and nose wheels 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4

Wheel Bearings 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4

Brakes -linings 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4

Brakes - Drums or discs 4 4 4 4

Brakes - Hose and lines 3 3 3 3

Brakes - Check for correct operation 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Tyres 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

SEAPLANES or AMPHIBIANS

External coverings and internal structure or hull and floats

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4

Check for signs of internal damage, winking or buckling, or evidence of leaks. Check drain plugs

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Page 154: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Weightshift Microlight Maintenance Standards

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 154 of 162

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT AIRCRAFT or ITEM - HOURS OF OPERATION

25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400

Boat struts, bracing and fittings 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4

Water rudder and attachments 1 3 1 4 1 3 1 4 1 3 1 4 1 3 1 4

Check for corrosion in all aircraft components

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Page 155: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

Aircraft Log Book

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 155 of 162

9.7.8 Aircraft Log Book It is highly recommended that a log book be kept for Hang Gliding & Paragliding aircraft.

Where an aircraft is used for training operations or the aircraft is a two place weightshift microlight, separate log books must be kept for the aircraft, engine and wing, and the following information entered:

(a) Date and hours flown;

(b) Maintenance carried out;

(c) Name of the person who conducted the maintenance, their signature and HGFA number, if applicable.

(d) Modifications;

(e) Components changed; and

(f) Special inspections.

(g) Maintenance conducted by:

If a weightshift microlight, engine or wing is sold the relevant log book must be handed to the new owner. No lien can be held against the log book.

The log book must be produced on the request of the HGFA Operations Manager or a person authorised in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager to carry out Log Book inspections.

WM Aircraft Log books may be downloaded from the HGFA website (www.hgfa.asn.au)

9.7.9 Defects, Repairs and Modifications (HG/PG/PPG/WM)

NOTE: For any LSA, all repairs and modifications including who can conduct those repairs and modifications, must be approved by the LSA manufacturer. 9.7.9.1 Defect Reports

Details of any defect which develops in service and which if kept uncorrected would compromise the continued safe operation of the hang glider, paraglider or weightshift microlight shall be reported as soon as practicable to HGFA Operations Manager.

The Operations Manager shall initially investigate the defect and report the facts of the matter to the Safety and Operations Committee who will be responsible for determining any corrective action that is required, including the notification of owners of similar aircraft.

Defect Report forms are available online on the HGFA Website

9.7.9.2 Airworthiness Directives

Airworthiness Directives requiring mandatory compliance may be issued by the aircraft manufacturer, Operations Manager as faults or defects become evident.

9.7.9.3 Repairs -Weightshift Microlights ANY MAJOR REPAIR - AIRCRAFT must be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and recommended procedures.

Where a weightshift microlight is used for training operations, any major repair must be conducted by the aircraft manufacturer or a holder of a WM / Rotax Maintenance endorsement.

ANY MAJOR REPAIR -ENGINES must be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and recommended procedures. In the absence of the manufacturer's specifications then the major repair shall be carried out by, or under the supervision of, a specialist in that type of engine.

Page 156: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

PPG Wheel Base Maintenance Standards (Engine Included)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 156 of 162

ALL OTHER REPAIRS may be carried out by the owner in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

Details of all repairs must be entered into the appropriate logbook.

9.7.9.4 Modifications

Details of all modifications must be entered into the appropriate logbook, and must be conspicuously available to all operators of the aircraft and include all:

(a) MAJOR MODIFICATIONS must be approved in writing by the manufacturer or in some instances, by a CASR 21M engineer. The approval must subsequently be kept with the relevant logbook.

(b) MINOR MODIFICATIONS may be made by the owner.

9.7.9.5 AIRCRAFT OWNED BY MORE THAN ONE PERSON

Where an aircraft is owned by more than one person, or by a company, then the person it is registered to (the Principal Registered Owner) will be responsible for ensuring that all maintenance, repairs and modifications are properly carried out and recorded into the appropriate logbook.

9.7.9.6 Inspection after an Unusual Occurrence

Hard landing, high load in-flight, roll-over, etc are considered unusual occurrences and the following applies:

(a) As with hang gliders, it will be necessary to do a detailed inspection for any unusual stressing of the microlight.

(b) A full inspection of bolts, wire bolt holes, sail and trike carried out before the microlight is flown.

(c) The inspection shall be noted in the log book, and any replacement to be recorded.

9.7.10 PPG Wheel Base Maintenance Standards (Engine Included) PPG Wheel Bases operated in accordance with this Manual shall be maintained in accordance with the Manufacturers Manual. Where no manufacturers Manual exists the aircraft shall be maintained to the Schedules contained in this Manual.

These requirements include:

(a) Maintenance of aircraft as per either: (i) the manufacturer’s Maintenance Schedule, or (ii) the Maintenance Schedule included in this manual, adjusted as necessary, to suit the particular wheel base. (This is only to be used in

the non-existence of a Manufacturers Maintenance Schedule). (b) Modification as detailed in any relevant Airworthiness Directives.

(c) Major Modification to approved details, obtained from the manufacturer .

(d) Repairs necessary to replace minor damage, wear or ageing.

(e) Servicing, replacement and overhaul, inspection and checking in compliance with the Maintenance Schedule.

Where a wheel base is used for training or operations, any maintenance requiring removal or replacement of an integral part must be conducted by the aircraft manufacturer or approved agent of the manufacturer.

9.7.10.1 Periodic Inspections

After each two years of service, a wheelbase being used for Tandem Flights, training or registered under CAO 95.32 or CAO 95.10, must undergo an independent airworthiness inspection, conducted in accordance with HGFA inspection guidelines (Doc. REG-06 - See 1.3 - Operational Documents Register). or guidelines specified by the aircrafts manufacturer.

Page 157: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

PPG Wheel Base Maintenance Standards (Engine Included)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 157 of 162

This is to be completed by the aircraft manufacturer or approved agent of the manufacturer or the holder of a HGFA Maintenance Endorsement. An inspection report on the condition of the wheelbase and of maintenance carried out to rectify any problems, must be kept with the wheel base log book and a copy sent to the HGFA office.

Note: The following Maintenance Schedules are generalised for use with varying construction details.

Figure 9-1-2 – PPG Wheel Base & Engine Maintenance Legend for Table 12;

Code Maintenance Requirement

1 Oil, lubrication, clean and service

2 Check as directed

3 Check for insecurity, cracks, wear and faulty operation

4 Remove, inspect and replace if necessary

5 Replacement or overhaul

When maintenance is performed the appropriate square on the Maintenance Schedule should be checked off.

Page 158: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

PPG Wheel Base Maintenance Standards (Engine Included)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 158 of 162

Table 12: PPG Wheel Base & Engine Checklist

Cross out checks that are not applicable to the Wheel Base & Engine being inspected.

WHEEL BASE & ENGINE - HOURS OF OPERATION

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT CONT. 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400

Check balance 4 4 4 4

Gearbox All welds 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

All bolts 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Oil leaks 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Drive V Belts 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 5

Reduction Pulleys 4 5

Reduction Bearings 1 1 5 1 1 1 5

Drive Shaft 4 5

Propeller Shaft 4 5

Radial Bearing 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 5

Thrust Bearing 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 5

ENGINE Check & Overhaul 5

Leaks which could indicate cracks or blown gaskets or seals

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Cylinders and Manifolds 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

All welds 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Loose belts 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Engine Rubber Mounts 3 4 3 5 3 4 3 5

Spark plugs (CLEAN EVERY TEN HOURS) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Spark Plugs and Ignition Harness Secure 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Crankcase and mounting lugs free from cracks

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Fuel Lines routed properly (free from abrasion. heat & sharp edges) – fittings tight

2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 5

Fuel Tank secure 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Fuel Filer 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Page 159: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

PPG Wheel Base Maintenance Standards (Engine Included)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 159 of 162

Cross out checks that are not applicable to the Wheel Base & Engine being inspected.

WHEEL BASE & ENGINE - HOURS OF OPERATION

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT CONT. 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400

Fuel Pump 5

Throttle Cable 1 3 1 4 1 3 1 4 1 3 1 4 1 3 1 5

Air Cleaner 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 3 1 5

Check exhaust Ports for Carbon Build up 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Muffler 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 5

Muffler Springs 5 5 5 5

Ignition switch ON/OFF identification 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Engine earthing cable 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Carburettor 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Ground run as specified by manufacturer, note static rpm in log book. If rpm below that required consult manufacturers recommendations

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Exhaust Gas Temperature operation checked

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Cylinder Head Temperature operation checked

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

WHEEL BASE Check seats and attachments

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4

Check seat safety harness & attachments for damage, deterioration & security, check latches for faulty operation

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4

All aircraft bolts, nuts, washers & safety pins. Washers under each nut & at least two threads showing outside each nut

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Shock absorbing devices 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4

Main and nose wheels 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4

Wheel Bearings 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4

Brakes -linings 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4

Page 160: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

PPG Wheel Base Maintenance Standards (Engine Included)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 160 of 162

Cross out checks that are not applicable to the Wheel Base & Engine being inspected.

WHEEL BASE & ENGINE - HOURS OF OPERATION

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT CONT. 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400

Brakes - Drums or discs 4 4 4 4

Brakes - Hose and lines 3 3 3 3

Brakes - Check for correct operation 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Tyres 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

WING As specified under Paraglider Maintenance Standards - Sections 4.1.4, 4.1.5 & 4.1.6

Page 161: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

PPG Wheel Base Maintenance Standards (Engine Included)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 161 of 162

9.7.10.2 Repair of Wheel Base Aircraft Utilised for Training Operations.

ANY MAJOR REPAIR:

(a) must be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and recommended procedures, and

(b) must be conducted by the aircraft manufacturer or approved agent of the manufacturer.

ANY MAJOR REPAIR – ENGINES: Must be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and recommended procedures.

ALL OTHER REPAIRS: May be carried out by the owner in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

Details of all repairs must be entered into the Wheel Base logbook.

9.7.10.3 Modifications of Wheel Base Craft Utilised for Training Operations.

Details of all modifications must be entered into the wheelbase logbook, and must be conspicuously available to all operators of the aircraft.

MAJOR MODIFICATIONS - Must be approved in writing by the manufacturer and the approval must subsequently be kept with the wheel base logbook.

MINOR MODIFICATIONS - May be made by the owner.

9.7.10.4 Wheel Base Owned By More Than One Person.

Where a wheel Base is being used for training or operations and is owned by more than one person, or by a company, then the person it is registered to (the Principal Registered Owner) will be responsible for seeing that all maintenance, repairs and modifications are properly carried out and recorded into the wheelbase logbook.

9.7.10.5 Inspection after an Unusual Occurrence

(e.g. Hard landing, high load in-flight, roll-over, etc.)

It will be necessary to do a detailed inspection for any unusual stressing of the wheel base.

A full inspection must be carried out before the wheel base is flown.

The inspection shall be noted in the log book, and any replacement to be recorded.

9.7.10.6 Wheel Base Log Book

Where a wheel base is used for tandem flights or training, a log book must be kept for the aircraft with the following information entered :

(a) Date and hours flown;

(b) Maintenance carried out;

(c) Name of the person who conducted the maintenance, their signature and HGFA number, if applicable.

(d) Modifications and their approvals;

(e) Components changed; and

(f) Special inspections.

(g) Date of completed Biennial Inspections, if required, and reports attached.

Page 162: HANG GLIDING FEDERATION OF AUSTRALIA - Amazon S3 · 9.7.2 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule - Private Operations ..... 143 9.7.3 Hang Glider Maintenance Schedule – Gliders used for

HGFA Operations Manual Aircraft & Equipment Standards - Maintenance

PPG Wheel Base Maintenance Standards (Engine Included)

HGFA Ops Manual V20160308.docx Version: 20160308 Page 162 of 162

If a wheel base used for training or tandem flights is sold, the relevant log book must be handed to the new owner.

No lien can be held against the log book.

NOTE: In law, a lien is a form of security interest granted over an item of property to secure the payment of a debt or performance of some other obligation.

Not to be confused with, “he was lien about the aircraft”!

The log book must be produced on the request of the HGFA Operations Manager or a person authorised in writing by the HGFA Operations Manager to carry out Log Book inspections.

A Wheelbase Log book template may be downloaded from the HGFA website.

[ End of the HGFA Operations Manual ]